Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities offered

 

Amount

to be
registered

  Maximum
offering price
per security
 

Maximum
aggregate

offering price

 

Amount of

registration fee(1)

3.60% Senior Notes due 2022

  $1,250,000,000   99.968%   $1,249,600,000   $145,203.52

4.00% Senior Notes due 2025

  $750,000,000   99.675%   $747,562,500   $86,866.76

5.10% Senior Notes due 2045

  $1,000,000,000   99.522%   $995,220,000   $115,644.56

Total

  $3,000,000,000       $2,992,382,500   $347,714.85

 

 

 

(1) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(r) of the Securities Act of 1933.


Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2)
Registration No. 333-202282

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated February 25, 2015)

 

LOGO

$1,250,000,000 3.60% Senior Notes due 2022

$750,000,000 4.00% Senior Notes due 2025

$1,000,000,000 5.10% Senior Notes due 2045

We are offering $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 3.60% senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 notes”), $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.00% senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 notes”) and $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 5.10% senior notes due 2045 (the “2045 notes” and, together with the 2022 notes and the 2025 notes, the “notes”). The 2022 notes will pay interest semi-annually in cash in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2015. The 2025 notes will pay interest semi-annually in cash in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2015. The 2045 notes will pay interest semi-annually in cash in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2015. We may redeem some or all of the notes of each series at any time or from time to time prior to January 15, 2022 in the case of the 2022 notes, June 15, 2025 in the case of the 2025 notes or March 15, 2045 in the case of the 2045 notes, at a specified “make-whole” premium for each series of notes as described under the caption “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.” We also have the option, with respect to the 2022 notes, at any time on or after January 15, 2022 (which is the date that is two months prior to the maturity date of the 2022 notes), with respect to the 2025 notes, at any time on or after June 15, 2025 (which is the date that is three months prior to the maturity date of the 2025 notes) and with respect to the 2045 notes, at any time on or after March 15, 2045 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity date of the 2045 notes), to redeem the notes of such series, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes of such series to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. See “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.”

The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our future secured indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries, including trade payables. The notes will rank senior to all of our future subordinated indebtedness.

Investing in our notes involves risks. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-10 of this prospectus supplement.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying base prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     2022 notes      2025 notes      2045 notes  
     Per note     Total      Per note     Total      Per note     Total  

Public offering price(1)

     99.968   $ 1,249,600,000         99.675   $ 747,562,500         99.522   $ 995,220,000   

Underwriting discount and commissions

     0.625   $ 7,812,500         0.650   $ 4,875,000         0.875   $ 8,750,000   

Proceeds to Williams Partners L.P. (before expenses)(1)

     99.343   $ 1,241,787,500         99.025   $ 742,687,500         98.647   $ 986,470,000   

 

(1) Plus accrued interest from March 3, 2015, if settlement occurs after that date.

The underwriters expect to deliver the notes on or about March 3, 2015, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company, including its participants the Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking, S.A.

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Barclays   BofA Merrill Lynch   Wells Fargo Securities
Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities   RBC Capital Markets

Senior Co-Managers

 

BBVA   DNB Markets   MUFG
Mizuho Securities   SMBC Nikko   US Bancorp

Co-Managers

 

BOSC, Inc.   TD Securities   PNC Capital Markets LLC

Prospectus Supplement dated February 26, 2015


Table of Contents

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of this offering of the notes. The second part is the accompanying base prospectus, which gives more general information, some of which may not apply to this offering of the notes. Generally, when we refer only to the “prospectus,” we are referring to both parts combined. If the information about the offering of the notes varies between this prospectus supplement and the accompanying base prospectus, you should rely on the information in this prospectus supplement.

Any statement made in this prospectus or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus or in any other subsequently filed document that is also incorporated by reference into this prospectus modifies or supersedes that statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus. Please read “Where You Can Find More Information” on page S-56 of this prospectus supplement.

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement, the accompanying base prospectus and any free writing prospectus relating to this offering of the notes. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are offering to sell the notes, and seeking offers to buy the notes, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying base prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the dates shown in these documents or that any information we have incorporated by reference herein is accurate as of any date other than the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

 

S-i


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     S-iii   

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     S-v   

SUMMARY

     S-1   

RISK FACTORS

     S-10   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     S-28   

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     S-28   

CAPITALIZATION

     S-29   

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

     S-30   

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

     S-44   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     S-47   

UNDERWRITING

     S-52   

LEGAL MATTERS

     S-55   

EXPERTS

     S-55   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     S-56   

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     S-56   

Prospectus dated February 25, 2015

 

     Page  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     1   

ABOUT WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

     2   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     2   

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     2   

RISK FACTORS

     4   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     5   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     7   

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     7   

DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBT SECURITIES

     8   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     18   

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

     20   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     30   

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     46   

INVESTMENT IN WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     61   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     63   

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     64   

LEGAL MATTERS

     64   

EXPERTS

     64   

 

S-ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain matters discussed in this prospectus supplement and the documents incorporated herein by reference, excluding historical information, include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These forward-looking statements relate to anticipated financial performance, management’s plans and objectives for future operations, business prospects, outcome of regulatory proceedings, market conditions and other matters.

All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus supplement that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will exist or may occur in the future, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by various forms of words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “seeks,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “continues,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “might,” “goals,” “objectives,” “targets,” “planned,” “potential,” “projects,” “scheduled,” “will,” “assumes,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “in service date,” or other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements, as of the date they were made, were based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management and include, among others, statements regarding:

 

    the levels of cash distributions to unitholders;

 

    our and Williams’ (as defined below) future credit ratings;

 

    amounts and nature of future capital expenditures;

 

    expansion and growth of our business and operations;

 

    financial condition and liquidity;

 

    business strategy;

 

    cash flow from operations or results of operations;

 

    seasonality of certain business components;

 

    natural gas, natural gas liquids and olefins prices, supply and demand; and

 

    demand for our services.

Forward-looking statements are based on numerous assumptions, uncertainties, and risks that could cause future events or results to be materially different from those stated or implied in this prospectus supplement or in the documents incorporated herein by reference. You should carefully consider the risk factors discussed below in addition to the other information in this prospectus supplement and in the documents incorporated herein by reference. If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Many of the factors that will determine these results are beyond our ability to control or predict. Specific factors that could cause actual results to differ from results contemplated by the forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

 

    whether we have sufficient cash from operations to enable us to pay current and expected levels of cash distributions, if any, following establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner;

 

    availability of supplies, market demand, and volatility of prices;

 

    inflation, interest rates and general economic conditions (including future disruptions and volatility in the global credit markets and the impact of these events on our customers and suppliers);

 

    the strength and financial resources of our competitors and the effects of competition;

 

    whether we are able to successfully identify, evaluate and execute investment opportunities;

 

S-iii


Table of Contents
    our ability to acquire new businesses and assets and successfully integrate those operations and assets into our existing businesses, as well as successfully expand our facilities;

 

    development of alternative energy sources;

 

    the impact of operational and development hazards and unforeseen interruptions;

 

    our ability to recover expected insurance proceeds related to the Geismar plant;

 

    costs of, changes in, or the results of laws, government regulations (including safety and environmental regulations), environmental liabilities, litigation and rate proceedings;

 

    our allocated costs for defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans sponsored by our affiliates;

 

    changes in maintenance and construction costs;

 

    changes in the current geopolitical situation;

 

    our exposure to the credit risks of our customers and counterparties;

 

    risks related to financing, including restrictions stemming from our debt agreements, future changes in our credit ratings and the availability and cost of capital;

 

    the amount of cash distributions from and capital requirements of our investments and joint ventures in which we participate;

 

    risks associated with weather and natural phenomena, including climate conditions;

 

    acts of terrorism, including cybersecurity threats and related disruptions; and

 

    additional risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Given the uncertainties and risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, we caution investors not to unduly rely on our forward-looking statements. We disclaim any obligations to and do not intend to update the above list or to announce publicly the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements to reflect future events or developments.

In addition to causing our actual results to differ, the factors listed above and referred to below may cause our intentions to change from those statements of intention set forth in or incorporated into this prospectus supplement. Such changes in our intentions may also cause our results to differ. We may change our intentions, at any time and without notice, based upon changes in such factors, our assumptions, or otherwise.

Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, we caution that there are important factors, in addition to those listed above, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. These factors include the risks set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement.

 

S-iv


Table of Contents

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

As used in this prospectus supplement, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates:

“Credit Facility” refers to our five year, $3,500,000,000 senior unsecured credit facility governed by the Second Amended & Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2015, by and among us, Northwest Pipeline and Transco, as co-borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders.

“Northwest Pipeline” refers to Northwest Pipeline LLC.

“Partially Owned Entities” refers to the entities in which we do not own a 100 percent ownership interest and which are accounted for as equity method investments, including principally Aux Sable Liquid Products L.P., Caiman Energy II, LLC, Discovery Producer Services LLC, Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C., Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC, Overland Pass Pipeline Company LLC, and Utica East Ohio Midstream LLC.

“Short-Term Credit Facility” refers to our six month, $1,500,000,000 senior unsecured credit facility governed by the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2015, by and among us, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent for the lenders.

“Transco” refers to Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC.

“Williams Partners,” “we,” “our,” “us” and like terms refer to Williams Partners L.P. and its subsidiaries.

“Williams” refers to The Williams Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Williams Partners.

In addition, our industry uses many terms and acronyms that may not be familiar to you. To assist you in reading this prospectus supplement, we have provided below definitions of some of these terms.

British Thermal Units (Btu): When used in terms of volumes, Btu is used to refer to the amount of natural gas required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit at one atmospheric pressure.

FERC: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

Fractionation: The process by which a mixed stream of natural gas liquids is separated into its constituent products, such as ethane, propane and butane.

LNG: Liquefied natural gas. Natural gas which has been liquefied at cryogenic temperatures.

NGLs: Natural gas liquids. Natural gas liquids result from natural gas processing and crude oil refining and are used as petrochemical feedstocks, heating fuels and gasoline additives, among other applications.

NGL margins: NGL revenues less Btu replacement cost, plant fuel, transportation and fractionation.

Throughput: The volume of product transported or passing through a pipeline, plant, terminal or other facility.

 

S-v


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying base prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making an investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus supplement, the accompanying base prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference for a more complete understanding of this offering of the notes. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-10 of this prospectus supplement for information regarding risks you should consider before investing in the notes.

Williams Partners L.P.

We are an energy infrastructure master limited partnership focused on connecting North America’s significant hydrocarbon resource plays to growing markets for natural gas, NGLs and olefins through our gas pipeline and midstream businesses. WPZ GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company indirectly wholly owned by Williams, is our general partner. Our reportable segments are Access Midstream, Northeast G&P, Atlantic-Gulf, West, and NGL & Petchem Services which are comprised of the following businesses as of December 31, 2014:

 

    Access Midstream provides domestic gathering, treating, and compression services to producers under long-term, fixed fee contracts. Its primary operating areas are in the Barnett Shale region of north-central Texas, the Eagle Ford Shale region of south Texas, the Haynesville Shale region of northwest Louisiana; the Marcellus Shale region primarily in Pennsylvania and West Virginia, the Niobrara Shale region of eastern Wyoming, the Utica Shale region of eastern Ohio, and the Mid-Continent region which includes the Anadarko, Arkoma, Delaware and Permian Basins. Access Midstream also includes a 49 percent equity-method investment in Utica East Ohio Midstream, LLC, a 50 percent equity-method investment interest in the Delaware Basin Gas Gathering System in the Mid-Continent region, and Appalachia Midstream Services, LLC, which owns an approximate average 45 percent interest in 11 gas gathering systems in the Marcellus Shale (Appalachia Midstream Investments).

 

    Northeast G&P is comprised of our midstream gathering and processing businesses in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions, as well as a 69 percent equity investment in Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC and a 58 percent equity investment in Caiman Energy II, LLC.

 

    Atlantic-Gulf is comprised of our interstate natural gas pipeline, Transco, and significant natural gas gathering and processing and crude oil production handling and transportation in the Gulf Coast region, as well as a 50 percent equity investment in Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C., a 60 percent equity investment in Discovery Producer Services LLC, and a 41 percent interest in Constitution Pipeline Company, LLC (a consolidated entity).

 

    West is comprised of our gathering, processing and treating operations in New Mexico, Colorado, and Wyoming and our interstate natural gas pipeline, Northwest Pipeline.

 

    NGL & Petchem Services is comprised of our 83.3 percent interest in an olefins production facility in Geismar, Louisiana, along with a refinery grade propylene splitter and various petrochemical and feedstock pipelines in the Gulf Coast region, an oil sands offgas processing plant near Fort McMurray, Alberta, and an NGL/olefin fractionation facility and Butylene/Butane splitter facility at Redwater, Alberta. This segment also includes an NGL and natural gas marketing business, storage facilities and an undivided 50 percent interest in an NGL fractionator near Conway, Kansas, and a 50 percent equity investment in Overland Pass Pipeline Company, LLC.

 

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Business Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to generate stable cash flows sufficient to make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders and to increase quarterly cash distributions over time. Our strategy to achieve those objectives is to provide large-scale energy infrastructure designed to maximize the opportunities created by the vast supply of natural gas, natural gas products and crude oil that exists in North America. Accordingly, we seek to:

 

    pursue economically attractive organic expansion opportunities around our existing assets;

 

    focus on consistently attracting new business by providing highly reliable service to our customers;

 

    create value by maximizing the utilization of our pipeline capacity by providing high quality, low cost transportation of natural gas to large and growing markets;

 

    safely and reliably operate our large scale midstream infrastructure where our assets can be fully utilized and drive low per-unit costs;

 

    grow through accretive acquisitions of complementary energy assets; and

 

    target investment-grade credit metrics.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well positioned to execute our business strategies successfully because of the following competitive strengths:

 

    our assets are strategically located in areas with high demand for our services;

 

    our assets are diversified geographically within the United States and represent important aspects of the regulated interstate natural gas pipeline business and midstream natural gas and natural gas liquids businesses;

 

    our conservative capital structure and investment grade rating, which facilitate pursuit of additional growth opportunities;

 

    the senior management team and board of directors of our general partner have extensive industry experience and include the most senior officers of Williams; and

 

    Williams has established a reputation in the regulated interstate natural gas pipeline and midstream natural gas and natural gas liquids industries as a reliable and cost-effective operator, and we believe that we and our customers will continue to benefit from Williams’ scale and operational expertise.

Recent Developments

Merger with Access Midstream Partners, L.P.

Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 24, 2014, the general partners of Williams Partners L.P. and Access Midstream Partners, L.P. agreed to combine those businesses and their general partners, with Williams Partners L.P. merging with and into Access Midstream Partners, L.P. and the Access Midstream Partners, L.P. general partner being the surviving general partner (the “Merger”). Following the completion of the Merger on February 2, 2015, as further described below, the surviving Access Midstream Partners, L.P. changed its name to Williams Partners L.P., and the surviving general partner changed its name to WPZ GP LLC. For the purpose of this discussion, Williams Partners L.P. (“WPZ”) refers to the renamed merged partnership, while Pre-merger Access Midstream Partners, L.P. (“Pre-merger ACMP”) and Pre-merger Williams Partners L.P. (“Pre-merger WPZ”) refer to the separate partnerships prior to the consummation of the Merger.

 

 

S-2


Table of Contents

In accordance with the terms of the Merger, each Pre-merger ACMP unitholder received 1.06152 Pre-merger ACMP units for each Pre-merger ACMP unit owned immediately prior to the Merger. In conjunction with the Merger, each Pre-merger WPZ common unit held by the public was exchanged for 0.86672 common units of Pre-merger ACMP. Each Pre-merger WPZ common unit held by Williams was exchanged for 0.80036 common units of Pre-merger ACMP. Prior to the closing of the Merger, the Class D limited partner units of Pre-merger WPZ, all of which were held by Williams, were converted into Pre-merger WPZ common units on a one-for-one basis pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of Pre-merger WPZ. All of the general partner interests of Pre-merger WPZ were converted into general partner interests of Pre-merger ACMP such that the general partner interest of Pre-merger ACMP represents 2 percent of the outstanding partnership interest. Following the Merger, Williams owns approximately 60 percent of the merged partnership, including the general partner interest and IDRs.

Credit Facility

On February 2, 2015, we, Northwest Pipeline, and Transco (together, the “Borrowers”) entered into the Credit Facility, which is governed by a Second Amended & Restated Credit Agreement (the “Restated Credit Agreement”) with the lenders named therein and an administrative agent. The Restated Credit Agreement amends and restates that certain First Amended & Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013 (as amended prior to February 2, 2015, the “Existing Credit Agreement”) among Pre-merger WPZ, Northwest, Transco, the lenders named therein and the administrative agent. The Restated Credit Agreement increases the aggregate commitments available to the Borrowers by $1 billion (the “Incremental Commitments”) and extends the maturity date to February 2, 2020 (the “Maturity Date”). Furthermore, the Borrowers may request an extension of the Maturity Date for an additional one-year period up to two times, to allow a Maturity Date as late as February 2, 2022, subject to certain conditions. Additionally, the Restated Credit Agreement lowers, in certain cases, the applicable margin and commitment fees payable by each Borrower based on such Borrower’s senior unsecured debt ratings. The Incremental Commitments are increased commitments from lenders named in the Existing Credit Agreement as well as new commitments from institutions party to the Restated Credit Agreement. After giving effect to the Restated Credit Agreement, the Borrowers may borrow, in the aggregate, up to $3.5 billion under the Restated Credit Agreement. Northwest and Transco are each subject to a $500 million borrowing sublimit. In addition, we may request an increase of up to an additional $500 million in commitments from either new lenders or increased commitments from existing lenders named in the Restated Credit Agreement. The Restated Credit Agreement allows for same day swingline borrowings up to an aggregate amount of $150 million, subject to other utilization of the aggregate commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement. However, at no time may the aggregate commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement exceed $4.0 billion.

The Restated Credit Agreement contains various covenants that limit, among other things, each Borrower and each Borrower’s respective material subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain liens supporting indebtedness, each Borrower’s to ability to merge or consolidate, sell all or substantially all of its assets in certain circumstances, enter into certain affiliate transactions, make certain distributions during an event of default, enter into certain restrictive agreements and allow any material change in the nature of its business.

For further information concerning the Credit Facility, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2015, which includes a copy of the Restated Credit Agreement attached as an exhibit thereto and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement.

Short-Term Credit Facility

On February 3, 2015, we entered into the Short-Term Credit Facility, which is governed by a Credit Agreement (the “Short-Term Credit Agreement’), with the lenders named therein and an administrative agent.

 

 

S-3


Table of Contents

Under the Short-Term Credit Agreement, the lenders provide aggregate commitments of $1.5 billion with an initial maturity date of August 3, 2015, which term may be extended at our option to February 2, 2016. The Short-Term Credit Agreement has substantially the same covenants as the Restated Credit Agreement. We may not borrow loans under the Short-Term Credit Agreement until all commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement have been utilized. In the event of certain debt incurrences, issuances of equity, and certain asset sales, we will be required to repay any outstanding borrowings and the commitments under the Short-Term Credit Facility will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis with the net cash proceeds of such events.

For further information concerning the Short-Term Credit Facility, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2015, which includes a copy of the Short-Term Credit Agreement attached as an exhibit thereto and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement.

Commercial Paper Program

On February 2, 2015, we amended and restated Pre-merger WPZ’s existing commercial paper program (the “CP Program”). In accordance with the terms of the CP Program, we may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes (the “CP Notes”) pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Capacity under the CP Program was increased from $2.0 billion to $3.0 billion and amounts available under the CP Program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. However, the aggregate principal amount of CP Notes outstanding under the CP Program at any time may not exceed $3.0 billion. The net proceeds of issuances of the CP Notes are expected to be used to fund planned capital expenditures and for other general partnership purposes. Each of our Credit Facility and Short-Term Credit Facility is available, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to repay the CP Notes, if necessary.

The maturities of the CP Notes will vary but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issue. The CP Notes will be sold under customary terms in the commercial paper market and will be issued at a discount from par, or, alternatively, will be sold at par and bear varying interest rates on a fixed or floating basis.

Four commercial paper dealers will each act as a dealer under the CP Program (each a “Dealer” and, collectively, the “Dealers”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of an amended and restated commercial paper dealer agreement entered into between us and each Dealer (each, a “Dealer Agreement”). A national bank will act as issuing and paying agent under the CP Program.

For further information concerning the Commercial Paper Program, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K for filed on February 3, 2015, which includes a copy of the form of Dealer Agreement attached as an exhibit thereto and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement.

Geismar Plant

Our Geismar plant, which restarted in February 2015, is expected to continue to ramp up to expanded capacity through March. Production during February and March is expected to be intermittent, resulting in limited financial contribution for the first quarter.

Our Relationship with Williams

One of our principal attributes is our relationship with Williams, an energy infrastructure company that trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “WMB.” Williams operates in a number of areas within the energy industry, including principally interstate natural gas transportation and midstream services. Through our relationship with Williams, we have access to a significant pool of management talent and strong commercial relationships throughout the energy industry.

 

 

S-4


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure and Ownership

We are a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership formed in 2010. The diagram below provides a simplified depiction of our organization and ownership structure following the Merger. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not represent all legal entities of Williams or Williams Partners or their respective subsidiaries.

 

LOGO

Partnership Structure and Management

Management of Williams Partners L.P.

Our operations are conducted through, and our operating assets are owned by, our operating subsidiaries, Williams Partners Operating LLC and Access MLP Operating L.L.C., and their subsidiaries. Our general partner manages our operations and activities. The executive officers of our general partner manage our business. All of the executive officers and some of the directors of our general partner also serve as executive officers and directors of Williams. For more information on these individuals, please read Item 10 of Part III, “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. Please read “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement for a description of certain conflicts of interest between us and Williams. Unlike shareholders in a publicly traded corporation, our unitholders are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

While our relationship with Williams and its subsidiaries is a significant attribute, it is also a source of potential conflicts. For example, Williams is not restricted from competing with us. Williams may acquire, construct or dispose of other assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase or construct those assets. Please read “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement.

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

Our principal executive offices are located at One Williams Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172, and our telephone number is (918) 573-2000. Our website is located at http://investor.williams.com/williams-partners-lp. We make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying base prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying base prospectus.

 

 

S-5


Table of Contents

Underwriting and Conflicts

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial banking, investment banking or financial advisory transactions with us, our affiliates and Williams, in the ordinary course of their business. Such underwriters and their affiliates have received customary compensation and expense reimbursement for these commercial banking, investment banking or financial advisory transactions. In addition, as described under “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement, the underwriters participating in this offering or their affiliates may hold our commercial paper notes and receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering through the repayment by us of such commercial paper notes with such net proceeds. In addition, certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates are agents, arrangers, bookrunners or lenders under our Credit Facility. To the extent the net proceeds of this offering are used to pay down the outstanding balance under our Credit Facility, the underwriters or their affiliates will receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Please read “Underwriting — Relationships” in this prospectus supplement.

 

 

S-6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Williams Partners L.P.

Notes Offered

$3,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our senior notes consisting of:

 

•    $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.60% senior notes due 2022;

 

•    $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% senior notes due 2025; and

 

•    $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.10% senior notes due 2045;

Maturity

The 2022 notes will mature on March 15, 2022.

 

The 2025 notes will mature on September 15, 2025.

 

The 2045 notes will mature on September 15, 2045.

Interest

The interest rate on the 2022 notes shall be 3.60%.

 

The interest rate on the 2025 notes shall be 4.00%.

 

The interest rate on the 2045 notes shall be 5.10%.

Interest Payment Dates

Interest on the 2022 notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 beginning on September 15, 2015, and will be payable to holders of record at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a business day).

 

Interest on the 2025 notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 beginning on September 15, 2015, and will be payable to holders of record at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a business day).

 

Interest on the 2045 notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 beginning on September 15, 2015, and will be payable to holders of record at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a business day).

Optional Redemption

We may redeem the notes of each series, in whole or in part, at our option at any time or from time to time prior to January 15, 2022 in the case of the 2022 notes, June 15, 2025 in the case of the 2025 notes or March 15, 2045 in the case of the 2045 notes, at the applicable make-whole redemption price for such series of notes described in this prospectus supplement. We also have the option, with respect to the 2022 notes, at any time on or after January 15, 2022 (which is the date that is two months prior to the maturity date of the 2022 notes), with respect to the 2025 notes, at any time on or after June 15, 2025 (which is the date that is three months prior to the maturity date of the 2025 notes) and with respect to the 2045 notes, at any time on or after March 15, 2045 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity date of the 2045 notes),

 

 

S-7


Table of Contents
to redeem the notes of such series, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes of such series to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. See “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.”

Ranking

The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our future secured indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries, including trade payables. The notes will rank senior to all of our future subordinated indebtedness.

Certain Covenants

We will issue the notes under a supplemental indenture to the base indenture dated as of November 9, 2010, between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. We refer to the supplemental indenture and the base indenture collectively as the “indenture.” The indenture will contain limitations on, among other things:

 

•    the incurrence of liens on assets to secure debt; and

 

•    certain mergers or consolidations and transfers of assets.

 

These covenants are subject to exceptions. See “Description of the Notes — Certain Covenants.”

Use of Proceeds

The net proceeds from this offering of notes will be approximately $2.970 billion after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay indebtedness, which may include amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program and our Credit Facility, to fund capital expenditures, and for general partnership purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Form and Denomination

Each series of notes will be represented by one or more global notes. The global notes will be deposited with the trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

 

Ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and transfers of such interests will be effected only through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC and its direct and indirect participants, including the depositaries for Clearstream Banking Luxembourg, or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System.

 

The notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Absence of Public Trading Market

The notes are new issues of securities for which there is currently no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for the notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation system to quote them. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that a liquid market for the notes will develop or be maintained. See “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement.

 

 

S-8


Table of Contents

Governing Law

The notes and the indenture will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-10 and the other information included in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus supplement and the accompanying base prospectus for a discussion of certain factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the notes.

 

 

S-9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our notes involves risks. Before you invest in the notes, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying base prospectus and the documents incorporated herein by reference in evaluating an investment in the notes. If any of the risks discussed below or in the foregoing documents were actually to occur, our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and, in some cases, our reputation, could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay interest on, or the principal of, the notes. In any such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment and not realize any return that you may have expected thereon. See “Certain Definitions” for definitions of certain terms used in this section.

Risks Related to the Notes

Our partnership agreement limits our ability to accumulate cash, which may limit cash available to service the notes or to repay them at maturity.

Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute on a quarterly basis, 100% of our available cash to our unitholders of record and our general partner. Available cash is generally all of our cash on hand at the end of each quarter, after payment of fees and expenses and the establishment of cash reserves by our general partner. Our general partner determines the amount and timing of cash distributions and has broad discretion to establish and make additions to our reserves or the reserves of our operating subsidiaries in amounts our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate:

 

    to provide for the proper conduct of our business and the businesses of our operating subsidiaries (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for our anticipated future credit needs);

 

    to provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and our general partner for any one or more of the next four calendar quarters; and

 

    to comply with applicable law or any of our loan or other agreements.

Depending on the timing and amount of our cash distributions to unitholders and because we are not required to accumulate cash for the purpose of meeting obligations to holders of any notes, such distributions could significantly reduce the cash available to us in subsequent periods to pay the interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Restrictions in our debt agreements and the amount of our indebtedness may affect our future financial and operating flexibility.

Following the closing of the Merger, our outstanding long-term debt (which does not include commercial paper notes), was $16.3 billion, representing approximately 36% of our total book capitalization.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants that restrict our and our material subsidiaries’ ability to incur certain liens to support indebtedness and our ability to merge or consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets in certain circumstances. In addition, certain of our debt agreements contain various covenants that restrict or limit, among other things, our ability to make certain distributions during the continuation of an event of default, and our and our material subsidiaries’ ability to enter into certain affiliate transactions and certain restrictive agreements and to change the nature of our business. Certain of our debt agreements also contain, and those we enter into in the future may contain, financial covenants and other limitations with which we will need to comply. Williams’ debt agreements contain similar covenants with respect to Williams and its subsidiaries, including in some cases us.

 

S-10


Table of Contents

Our debt service obligations and the covenants described above could have important consequences. For example, they could:

 

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other indebtedness, which could in turn result in an event of default on such other indebtedness or the notes;

 

    impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general partnership purposes or other purposes;

 

    diminish our ability to withstand a continued or future downturn in our business or the economy generally;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to debt service payments, thereby reducing the availability of cash for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general partnership purposes or other purposes; and

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate, including limiting our ability to expand or pursue our business activities and preventing us from engaging in certain transactions that might otherwise be considered beneficial to us.

Our ability to comply with our debt covenants, to repay, extend, or refinance our existing debt obligations, to make payments of interest on, and the principal of, the notes, and to obtain future credit will depend primarily on our operating performance. Our ability to refinance existing debt obligations or obtain future credit will also depend upon the current conditions in the credit markets and the availability of credit generally. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, meet our debt service obligations or obtain future credit on favorable terms, or at all, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, seek additional equity capital or sell assets. We may be unable to obtain financing or sell assets on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Our failure to comply with the covenants in the documents governing our indebtedness could result in events of default, which could render such indebtedness due and payable. We may not have sufficient liquidity to repay our indebtedness in such circumstances. In addition, cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions in our debt agreements could cause a default or acceleration to have a wider impact on our liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument. For more information regarding our debt agreements, please read “Description Of Other Indebtedness” in this prospectus supplement and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Liquidity” in Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2015, both of which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.

We are not prohibited under the indenture that will govern the notes or the indentures that govern our existing senior unsecured notes from incurring additional indebtedness in addition to the notes. Our incurrence of significant additional indebtedness would exacerbate the negative consequences mentioned above, and could adversely affect our ability to repay our existing indebtedness, including payments of interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Our ability to obtain credit in the future could be affected by Williams’ credit ratings.

Substantially all of Williams’ operations are conducted through its subsidiaries. Williams’ cash flows are substantially derived from loans, dividends and distributions paid to it by its subsidiaries. Williams’ cash flows are typically utilized to service debt and pay dividends on the common stock of Williams, with the balance, if any, reinvested in its subsidiaries as loans or contributions to capital. Due to our relationship with Williams, our ability to obtain credit will be affected by Williams’ credit ratings. Williams has been assigned investment-grade credit ratings at two of the three ratings agencies and sub-investment-grade at the third rating agency. If Williams were to experience a deterioration in its credit standing or financial condition, our access to credit and our ratings could be adversely affected. Any future downgrading of a Williams credit rating could also result in a downgrading of our credit rating. A downgrading of a Williams credit rating could limit our ability to obtain financing in the future upon favorable terms, if at all.

 

S-11


Table of Contents

We have a holding company structure in which our subsidiaries conduct our operations and own our operating assets, which may affect our ability to make payments on the notes.

We have a holding company structure, and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the ownership interests in these subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make required payments on the notes depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, applicable state partnership and limited liability company laws and other laws and regulations. If we are unable to obtain the funds necessary to pay the principal amount at maturity of the notes, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as a refinancing of the notes. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance the notes.

Our subsidiaries are not prohibited from incurring indebtedness by their organizational documents, which may affect our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Our subsidiaries are not prohibited by the terms of their respective organizational documents from incurring indebtedness. If they were to incur significant amounts of indebtedness, such occurrence may inhibit their ability to make distributions to us. An inability by our subsidiaries to make distributions to us would materially and adversely affect our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes because we expect distributions we receive from our subsidiaries to represent a significant portion of the cash we use to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

The notes will be structurally subordinated to liabilities and indebtedness of our subsidiaries and effectively subordinated to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness.

We currently have no secured indebtedness outstanding, but holders of any secured indebtedness that we may incur in the future would have claims with respect to our assets constituting collateral for such indebtedness that are effectively prior to any claims you may have under the notes. In the event of a default on such secured indebtedness or our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, those assets would be available to satisfy obligations with respect to the indebtedness secured thereby before any payment could be made on the notes. Accordingly, any such secured indebtedness would effectively be senior to the notes to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the indebtedness. While the indenture governing the notes places some limitations on our ability to create liens, there are significant exceptions to these limitations that will allow us to secure some kinds of indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the notes. To the extent the value of the collateral is not sufficient to satisfy the secured indebtedness, the holders of that indebtedness would be entitled to share with the holders of the notes and the holders of other claims against us with respect to our other assets. Holders of the notes will participate ratably with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the notes, and potentially with all of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in our remaining assets. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the notes. As a result, holders of notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of secured indebtedness.

In addition, the notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries and our subsidiaries are generally not prohibited under the indenture from incurring additional indebtedness (in particular, Transco and Northwest Pipeline collectively had approximately $2.12 billion of indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and are likely to incur additional indebtedness in the future). As a result, holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to claims of third party creditors, including holders of indebtedness, of these subsidiaries. Claims of those other creditors, including trade creditors, secured creditors, governmental authorities, and holders of indebtedness or guarantees issued by the subsidiaries, will generally have priority as to the assets of the subsidiaries over claims by the holders of the notes. As a result, rights of payment of holders of our indebtedness, including the holders of the notes, will be structurally subordinated to all those claims of creditors of our subsidiaries.

 

S-12


Table of Contents

Cost reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce cash available to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including Williams, for various general and administrative services they provide for our benefit, including costs for rendering administrative staff and support services to us, and overhead allocated to us. Our general partner determines the amount of these reimbursements in its sole discretion. Payments for these services will be substantial and will reduce the amount of cash available for payments of interest on, and the principal of, the notes. In addition, under Delaware partnership law, our general partner has unlimited liability for our obligations, such as our debts and environmental liabilities, except for our contractual obligations that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner. To the extent our general partner incurs obligations on our behalf, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify it. If we are unable or unwilling to reimburse or indemnify our general partner, our general partner may take actions to cause us to make payments of these obligations and liabilities. Any such payments could adversely affect our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

We may not be able to fund a change of control offer with respect to our outstanding notes originally issued by Pre-merger ACMP (the “Pre-merger ACMP Notes”), and a change of control may have adverse effects on us pursuant to the agreements governing our indebtedness.

In the event of a change of control followed by a decrease in the rating of the Pre-merger ACMP Notes (as described in the indentures governing the Pre-merger ACMP Notes), we would be required, subject to certain conditions, to offer to purchase the outstanding Pre-merger ACMP Notes (of which $3.65 billion aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of December 31, 2014) at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase. If a repurchase offer were required, we may not have sufficient funds available to purchase all of the outstanding Pre-merger ACMP Notes. We may not be permitted by our other debt instruments to fulfill these purchase obligations upon a change of control in the future. Our failure to repurchase the Pre-merger ACMP Notes as required under the indentures governing the Pre-merger ACMP Notes would result in an event of default under such indentures and may trigger a cross-default under our Credit Facility and Short-Term Credit Facility, each of which could have material adverse consequences for us and the holders of the notes. A “change of control” (as defined in the indentures governing the Pre-merger ACMP Notes) may also be an independent event of default under our Credit Facility and Short-Term Credit Facility that would permit the lenders to accelerate the debt outstanding under such facilities.

An active trading market may not develop for our notes.

Prior to this offering, there was no established trading market for the notes. We do not intend to apply for the notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation system to quote them. We have been informed by the underwriters that they intend to make a market in the notes after this offering is completed. However, the underwriters are not obligated to make a market in the notes and, even if the underwriters commence market making, they may cease their market-making at any time. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the notes and the market price quoted for the notes may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for debt securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the financial performance or prospects of companies in our industry. As a result, an active trading market may not develop or be maintained for our notes. If an active trading market does not develop or is not maintained, the market price and liquidity of our notes may be adversely affected.

 

S-13


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business

Prices for NGLs, olefins, natural gas, oil and other commodities are volatile and this volatility could adversely affect our financial results, cash flows, access to capital and ability to maintain our existing businesses.

Our revenues, operating results, future rate of growth and the value of certain components of our businesses depend primarily upon the prices of NGLs, olefins, natural gas, oil or other commodities, and the differences between prices of these commodities and could be materially adversely affected by an extended period of current low commodity prices, or a further decline in commodity prices. Price volatility can impact both the amount we receive for our products and services and the volume of products and services we sell. Prices affect the amount of cash flow available for capital expenditures and our ability to borrow money or raise additional capital. Price volatility can also have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

The markets for NGLs, olefins, natural gas, oil and other commodities are likely to continue to be volatile. Wide fluctuations in prices might result from one or more factors beyond our control, including:

 

    worldwide and domestic supplies of and demand for natural gas, NGLs, olefins, oil, and related commodities;

 

    turmoil in the Middle East and other producing regions;

 

    the activities of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries;

 

    the level of consumer demand;

 

    the price and availability of other types of fuels or feedstocks;

 

    the availability of pipeline capacity;

 

    supply disruptions, including plant outages and transportation disruptions;

 

    the price and quantity of foreign imports of natural gas and oil;

 

    domestic and foreign governmental regulations and taxes; and

 

    the credit of participants in the markets where products are bought and sold.

The long-term financial condition of our natural gas transportation and midstream businesses is dependent on the continued availability of natural gas supplies in the supply basins that we access and demand for those supplies in our traditional markets.

Our ability to maintain and expand our natural gas transportation and midstream businesses depends on the level of drilling and production by third parties in our supply basins. Production from existing wells and natural gas supply basins with access to our pipeline and gathering systems will naturally decline over time. The amount of natural gas reserves underlying these existing wells may also be less than anticipated, and the rate at which production from these reserves declines may be greater than anticipated. We do not obtain independent evaluations of natural gas and NGL reserves connected to our systems and processing facilities. Accordingly, we do not have independent estimates of total reserves dedicated to our systems or the anticipated life of such reserves. In addition, low prices for natural gas, regulatory limitations, or the lack of available capital could adversely affect the development and production of additional natural gas reserves, the installation of gathering, storage, and pipeline transportation facilities and the import and export of natural gas supplies. The competition for natural gas supplies to serve other markets could also reduce the amount of natural gas supply for our customers. A failure to obtain access to sufficient natural gas supplies will adversely impact our ability to maximize the capacities of our gathering, transportation and processing facilities.

Demand for our services is dependent on the demand for gas in the markets we serve. Alternative fuel sources such as electricity, coal, fuel oils or nuclear energy could reduce demand for natural gas in our markets and have an adverse effect on our business.

 

S-14


Table of Contents

A failure to obtain access to sufficient natural gas supplies or a reduction in demand for our services in the markets we serve could result in impairments of our assets and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

We may not be able to grow or effectively manage our growth.

As part of our growth strategy, we consider acquisition opportunities and engage in significant capital projects. We have both a project lifecycle process and an investment evaluation process. These are processes we use to identify, evaluate and execute on acquisition opportunities and capital projects. We may not always have sufficient and accurate information to identify and value potential opportunities and risks or our investment evaluation process may be incomplete or flawed. Regarding potential acquisitions, suitable acquisition candidates may not be available on terms and conditions we find acceptable or, where multiple parties are trying to acquire an acquisition candidate, we may not be chosen as the acquirer. If we are able to acquire a targeted business, we may not be able to successfully integrate the acquired businesses and realize anticipated benefits in a timely manner. Our growth may also be dependent upon the construction of new natural gas gathering, transportation, compression, processing or treating pipelines and facilities, NGL transportation, fractionation or storage facilities or olefins processing facilities, as well as the expansion of existing facilities. We also face all the risks associated with construction. These risks include the inability to obtain skilled labor, equipment, materials, permits, rights-of-way and other required inputs in a timely manner such that projects are completed on time and the risk that construction cost overruns could cause total project costs to exceed budgeted costs. Additional risks associated with growing our business include, among others, that:

 

    changing circumstances and deviations in variables could negatively impact our investment analysis, including our projections of revenues, earnings and cash flow relating to potential investment targets, resulting in outcomes which are materially different than anticipated;

 

    we could be required to contribute additional capital to support acquired businesses or assets;

 

    we may assume liabilities that were not disclosed to us, that exceed our estimates and for which contractual protections are either unavailable or prove inadequate;

 

    acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, distract management, divert financial and operational resources from existing operations and make it difficult to maintain our current business standards, controls and procedures; and

 

    acquisitions and capital projects may require substantial new capital, either by the issuance of debt or equity, and we may not be able to access capital markets or obtain acceptable terms.

If realized, any of these risks could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, including the possible impairment of our assets, and could also have an adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

We do not own all of the interests in the Partially Owned Entities, which could adversely affect our ability to operate and control these assets in a manner beneficial to us.

Because we do not control the Partially Owned Entities, we may have limited flexibility to control the operation of or cash distributions received from these entities. The Partially Owned Entities’ organizational documents generally require distribution of their available cash to their members on a quarterly basis; however, in each case, available cash is reduced, in part, by reserves appropriate for operating the businesses. Following the closing of the Merger, our investments in the Partially Owned Entities accounted for approximately 8% of our total consolidated assets. Conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and our Partially Owned Entities, on the other hand, with regard to our Partially Owned Entities’ governance, business, and operations. If a conflict of interest arises between us and a Partially Owned Entity, other owners may control the Partially Owned Entity’s actions with respect to such matter (subject to certain limitations), which could be detrimental to our business. Any future disagreements with the other co-owners of these assets could adversely

 

S-15


Table of Contents

affect our ability to respond to changing economic or industry conditions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and principal of, the notes.

Our industry is highly competitive and increased competitive pressure could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We have numerous competitors in all aspects of our businesses, and additional competitors may enter our markets. Some of our competitors are large oil, natural gas and petrochemical companies that have greater access to supplies of natural gas and NGLs than we do. In addition, current or potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or have greater financial resources than we do, which could affect our ability to make strategic investments or acquisitions. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new laws or regulations or emerging technologies or to devote greater resources to the construction, expansion or refurbishment of their facilities than we can. Similarly, a highly-liquid competitive commodity market in natural gas and increasingly competitive markets for natural gas services, including competitive secondary markets in pipeline capacity, have developed. As a result, pipeline capacity is being used more efficiently, and peaking and storage services are increasingly effective substitutes for annual pipeline capacity. Failure to successfully compete against current and future competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

We may not be able to replace, extend, or add additional customer contracts or contracted volumes on favorable terms, or at all, which could affect our financial condition, the amount of cash available to pay distributions, and our ability to grow.

We rely on a limited number of customers and producers for a significant portion of our revenues and supply of natural gas and NGLs. Although many of our customers and suppliers are subject to long-term contracts, if we are unable to replace or extend such contracts, add additional customers, or otherwise increase the contracted volumes of natural gas provided to us by current producers, in each case on favorable terms, if at all, our financial condition, growth plans, and the amount of cash available to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes could be adversely affected. Our ability to replace, extend, or add additional customer or supplier contracts, or increase contracted volumes of natural gas from current producers, on favorable terms, or at all, is subject to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    the level of existing and new competition in our businesses or from alternative fuel sources, such as electricity, coal, fuel oils, or nuclear energy;

 

    natural gas, NGL, and olefins prices, demand, availability and margins in our markets. Higher prices for energy commodities related to our businesses could result in a decline in the demand for those commodities and, therefore, in customer contracts or throughput on our pipeline systems. Also, lower energy commodity prices could result in a decline in the production of energy commodities resulting in reduced customer contracts, supply contracts, and throughput on our pipeline systems;

 

    general economic, financial markets and industry conditions;

 

    the effects of regulation on us, our customers and our contracting practices; and

 

    our ability to understand our customers’ expectations, efficiently and reliably deliver high quality services and effectively manage customer relationships. The results of these efforts will impact our reputation and positioning in the market.

Some of our businesses, including our Access Midstream business, are exposed to supplier concentration risks arising from dependence on a single or a limited number of suppliers.

Some of our businesses may be dependent on a small number of suppliers for delivery of critical goods or services. For instance, pursuant to a compression services agreement, our Access Midstream business receives a substantial portion of its compression capacity on certain gathering systems from EXLP Operating LLC

 

S-16


Table of Contents

(“Exterran Operating”). Exterran Operating has, until December 31, 2020, the exclusive right to provide our Access Midstream business with compression services on certain gas gathering systems located in Wyoming, Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Kansas and Arkansas, in return for the payment of specified monthly rates for the services provided, subject to an annual escalation provision. If a supplier on which we depend were to fail to timely supply required goods and services we may not be able to replace such goods and services in a timely manner or otherwise on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to adequately diversify or otherwise mitigate such supplier concentration risks and such risks were realized, we could be subject to reduced revenues, increased expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

We will conduct certain operations through joint ventures that may limit our operational flexibility or require us to make additional capital contributions.

Some of our operations are conducted through joint venture arrangements, and we may enter additional joint ventures in the future. In a joint venture arrangement, we have less operational flexibility, as actions must be taken in accordance with the applicable governing provisions of the joint venture. In certain cases:

 

    we have limited ability to influence or control certain day to day activities affecting the operations;

 

    we cannot control the amount of capital expenditures that we are required to fund with respect to these operations;

 

    we are dependent on third parties to fund their required share of capital expenditures;

 

    we may be subject to restrictions or limitations on our ability to sell or transfer our interests in the jointly owned assets; and

 

    we may be forced to offer rights of participation to other joint venture participants in the area of mutual interest.

In addition, our joint venture participants may have obligations that are important to the success of the joint venture, such as the obligation to pay substantial carried costs pertaining to the joint venture and to pay their share of capital and other costs of the joint venture. The performance and ability of third parties to satisfy their obligations under joint venture arrangements is outside our control. If these third parties do not satisfy their obligations under these arrangements, our business may be adversely affected. Our joint venture partners may be in a position to take actions contrary to our instructions or requests or contrary to our policies or objectives, and disputes between us and our joint venture partners may result in delays, litigation or operational impasses.

If we fail to make a required capital contribution under the applicable governing provisions of our joint venture arrangements, we could be deemed to be in default under the joint venture agreement. Our joint venture partners may be permitted to fund any deficiency resulting from our failure to make such capital contribution, which would result in a dilution of our ownership interest, or our joint venture partners may have the option to purchase all of our existing interest in the subject joint venture. The risks described above or the failure to continue our joint ventures, or to resolve disagreements with our joint venture partners could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operation that is the subject of a joint venture, which could in turn negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen interruptions.

There are operational risks associated with the gathering, transporting, storage, processing and treating of natural gas, the fractionation, transportation and storage of NGLs, the processing of olefins, and crude oil transportation and production handling, including:

 

    aging infrastructure and mechanical problems;

 

    damages to pipelines and pipeline blockages or other pipeline interruptions;

 

S-17


Table of Contents
    uncontrolled releases of natural gas (including sour gas), NGLs, olefins products, brine or industrial chemicals;

 

    collapse or failure of storage caverns;

 

    operator error;

 

    damage caused by third-party activity, such as operation of construction equipment;

 

    pollution and other environmental risks;

 

    fires, explosions, craterings and blowouts;

 

    truck and rail loading and unloading; and

 

    operating in a marine environment.

Any of these risks could result in loss of human life, personal injuries, significant damage to property, environmental pollution, impairment of our operations, loss of services to our customers, reputational damage and substantial losses to us. The location of certain segments of our facilities in or near populated areas, including residential areas, commercial business centers and industrial sites, could increase the level of damages resulting from these risks. An event such as those described above could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes, particularly if the event is not fully covered by insurance.

We do not insure against all potential risks and losses and could be seriously harmed by unexpected liabilities or by the inability of our insurers to satisfy our claims.

In accordance with customary industry practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, risks and losses, and only at levels we believe to be appropriate. Williams currently maintains excess liability insurance with limits of $695 million per occurrence and in the annual aggregate with a $2 million per occurrence deductible. This insurance covers Williams, its subsidiaries, and certain of its affiliates, including us, for legal and contractual liabilities arising out of bodily injury or property damage, including resulting loss of use to third parties. This excess liability insurance includes coverage for sudden and accidental pollution liability for full limits, with the first $135 million of insurance also providing gradual pollution liability coverage for natural gas and NGL operations.

Although we maintain property insurance on certain physical assets that we own, lease or are responsible to insure, the policy may not cover the full replacement cost of all damaged assets or the entire amount of business interruption loss we may experience. In addition, certain perils may be excluded from coverage or be sub-limited. We may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. We may elect to self-insure a portion of our risks. We do not insure our onshore underground pipelines for physical damage, except at certain locations such as river crossings and compressor stations. Offshore assets are covered for property damage when loss is due to a named windstorm event, but coverage for loss caused by a named windstorm is significantly sub-limited and subject to a large deductible. All of our insurance is subject to deductibles.

In addition to the insurance coverage described above, Williams is a member of Oil Insurance Limited (“OIL”), and we are an insured of OIL, an energy industry mutual insurance company, which provides coverage for damage to our property. As an insured of OIL, we are allocated a portion of shared losses and premiums in proportion to our assets. As an insured member of OIL, Williams shares in the losses among other OIL members even if its property is not damaged, and as a result, we may share in any such losses incurred by Williams.

The occurrence of any risks not fully covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

 

S-18


Table of Contents

The time required to return our Geismar plant to full expanded production following the explosion and fire at the facility on June 13, 2013, and the amount and timing of insurance recoveries related to such incident could be materially different than we anticipate and could cause our financial results and levels of distributions to be materially different than we project, which may affect our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Our projections of financial results and expected levels of distributions are based on numerous assumptions and estimates, including, but not limited to, the time required to return our Geismar plant to full expanded production and the amount and timing of insurance recoveries related to the June 13, 2013 explosion and fire at our Geismar plant. Our insurers continue to evaluate our claims and have raised questions around key assumptions involving our business interruption claim; as a result, the insurers have elected to make a partial payment pending further assessment of these issues. Although we currently expect to recover the majority of the limits under a $500 million insurance program related to the Geismar incident, there can be no assurance that we will recover the full policy limits. Our total receipts from our insurers to date are $296.25 million. Our financial results and levels of distributions could be materially different than we project if our assumptions and estimates related to the incident are materially different than actual outcomes, and such differences could have a material adverse effect on our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Our assets and operations, as well as our customers’ assets and operations, can be adversely affected by weather and other natural phenomena.

Our assets and operations, especially those located offshore, and our customers’ assets and operations, can be adversely affected by hurricanes, floods, earthquakes, landslides, tornadoes, fires and other natural phenomena and weather conditions, including extreme or unseasonable temperatures, making it more difficult for us to realize the historic rates of return associated with our assets and operations. A significant disruption in our or our customers’ operations or a significant liability for which we are not fully insured could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Acts of terrorism could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Given the volatile nature of the commodities we transport, process, store and sell, our assets and the assets of our customers and others in our industry may be targets of terrorist activities. A terrorist attack could create significant price volatility, disrupt our business, limit our access to capital markets or cause significant harm to our operations, such as full or partial disruption to our ability to produce, process, transport or distribute natural gas, NGLs or other commodities. Acts of terrorism as well as events occurring in response to or in connection with acts of terrorism could cause environmental repercussions that could result in a significant decrease in revenues or significant reconstruction or remediation costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

Our business could be negatively impacted by security threats, including cybersecurity threats, and related disruptions.

We rely on our information technology infrastructure to process, transmit and store electronic information, including information we use to safely operate our assets. While we believe that we maintain appropriate information security policies, practices and protocols, we face cybersecurity and other security threats to our information technology infrastructure, which could include threats to our operational industrial control systems and safety systems that operate our pipelines, plants and assets. We could face unlawful attempts to gain access to our information technology infrastructure, including coordinated attacks from hackers, whether state-sponsored groups, “hacktivists,” or private individuals. The age, operating systems or condition of our current information technology infrastructure and software assets and our ability to maintain and upgrade such assets could affect our ability to resist cybersecurity threats. We could also face attempts to gain access to information related to our assets through attempts to obtain unauthorized access by targeting acts of deception against individuals with legitimate access to physical locations or information.

 

S-19


Table of Contents

Breaches in our information technology infrastructure or physical facilities, or other disruptions including those arising from theft, vandalism, fraud or unethical conduct, could result in damage to our assets, unnecessary waste, safety incidents, damage to the environment, reputational damage, potential liability or the loss of contracts, and have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial position and results of operations and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

The natural gas sales, transportation and storage operations of our gas pipelines are subject to regulation by the FERC, which could have an adverse impact on their ability to establish transportation and storage rates that would allow them to recover the full cost of operating their respective pipelines, including a reasonable rate of return.

In addition to regulation by other federal, state and local regulatory authorities, under the Natural Gas Act of 1938, interstate pipeline transportation and storage service is subject to regulation by the FERC. Federal regulation extends to such matters as:

 

    transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce;

 

    rates, operating terms, types of services and conditions of service;

 

    certification and construction of new interstate pipelines and storage facilities;

 

    acquisition, extension, disposition or abandonment of existing interstate pipelines and storage facilities;

 

    accounts and records;

 

    depreciation and amortization policies;

 

    relationships with affiliated companies who are involved in marketing functions of the natural gas business; and

 

    market manipulation in connection with interstate sales, purchases or transportation of natural gas.

Regulatory or administrative actions in these areas, including successful complaints or protests against the rates of the gas pipelines, can affect our business in many ways, including decreasing tariff rates and revenues, decreasing volumes in our pipelines, increasing our costs and otherwise altering the profitability of our pipeline business.

Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations, including laws and regulations relating to climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, which may expose us to significant costs, liabilities and expenditures that could exceed expectations.

Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, tribal and local laws and regulations governing environmental protection, endangered and threatened species, the discharge of materials into the environment and the security of chemical and industrial facilities. Substantial costs, liabilities, delays and other significant issues related to environmental laws and regulations are inherent in the gathering, transportation, storage, processing and treating of natural gas, fractionation, transportation and storage of NGLs, processing of olefins, and crude oil transportation and production handling as well as waste disposal practices and construction activities. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations and permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and/or criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations, the imposition of stricter conditions on or revocation of permits, the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our operations and delays in granting permits.

Joint and several, strict liability may be incurred without regard to fault under certain environmental laws and regulations, for the remediation of contaminated areas and in connection with spills or releases of materials associated with natural gas, oil and wastes on, under or from our properties and facilities. Private parties, including the owners of properties through which our pipeline and gathering systems pass and facilities where our wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal, may have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance

 

S-20


Table of Contents

as well as to seek damages for noncompliance with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage arising from our operations. Some sites at which we operate are located near current or former third-party hydrocarbon storage and processing or oil and natural gas operations or facilities, and there is a risk that contamination has migrated from those sites to ours.

We are generally responsible for all liabilities associated with the environmental condition of our facilities and assets, whether acquired or developed, regardless of when the liabilities arose and whether they are known or unknown. In connection with certain acquisitions and divestitures, we could acquire, or be required to provide indemnification against, environmental liabilities that could expose us to material losses, which may not be covered by insurance. In addition, the steps we could be required to take to bring certain facilities into compliance could be prohibitively expensive, and we might be required to shut down, divest or alter the operation of those facilities, which might cause us to incur losses.

In addition, climate change regulations and the costs associated with the regulation of emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) have the potential to affect our business. Regulatory actions by the Environmental Protection Agency or the passage of new climate change laws or regulations could result in increased costs to (i) operate and maintain our facilities, (ii) install new emission controls on our facilities and (iii) administer and manage our GHG compliance program. If we are unable to recover or pass through a significant level of our costs related to complying with climate change regulatory requirements imposed on us, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes. To the extent financial markets view climate change and GHG emissions as a financial risk, this could negatively impact our cost of and access to capital. Climate change and GHG regulation could also reduce demand for our services.

If third-party pipelines and other facilities interconnected to our pipelines and facilities become unavailable to transport natural gas and NGLs or to treat natural gas, our revenues and cash available to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes could be adversely affected.

We depend upon third-party pipelines and other facilities that provide delivery options to and from our pipelines and facilities for the benefit of our customers. Because we do not own these third-party pipelines or other facilities, their continuing operation is not within our control. If these pipelines or facilities were to become temporarily or permanently unavailable for any reason, or if throughput were reduced because of testing, line repair, damage to pipelines or facilities, reduced operating pressures, lack of capacity, increased credit requirements or rates charged by such pipelines or facilities or other causes, we and our customers would have reduced capacity to transport, store or deliver natural gas or NGL products to end use markets or to receive deliveries of mixed NGLs, thereby reducing our revenues. Any temporary or permanent interruption at any key pipeline interconnect or in operations on third-party pipelines or facilities that would cause a material reduction in volumes transported on our pipelines or our gathering systems or processed, fractionated, treated or stored at our facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

The operation of our businesses might be adversely affected by changes in government regulations or in their interpretation or implementation, or the introduction of new laws or regulations applicable to our businesses or our customers.

Public and regulatory scrutiny of the energy industry has resulted in the proposal and/or implementation of increased regulations. Such scrutiny has also resulted in various inquiries, investigations and court proceedings, including litigation of energy industry matters. Both the shippers on our pipelines and regulators have rights to challenge the rates we charge under certain circumstances. Any successful challenge could materially affect our results of operations and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

 

S-21


Table of Contents

Certain inquiries, investigations and court proceedings are ongoing. Adverse effects may continue as a result of the uncertainty of ongoing inquiries, investigations and court proceedings, or additional inquiries and proceedings by federal or state regulatory agencies or private plaintiffs. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of any of these inquiries or whether these inquiries will lead to additional legal proceedings against us, civil or criminal fines and/or penalties, or other regulatory action, including legislation, which might be materially adverse to the operation of our business and our results of operations or increase our operating costs in other ways. Current legal proceedings or other matters, including environmental matters, suits, regulatory appeals and similar matters might result in adverse decisions against us which, among other outcomes, could result in the imposition of substantial penalties and fines and could damage our reputation. The result of such adverse decisions, either individually or in the aggregate, could be material and may not be covered fully or at all by insurance.

In addition, existing regulations might be revised or reinterpreted, and new laws and regulations, including those pertaining to oil and gas hedging and cash collateral requirements, might be adopted or become applicable to us, our customers, or our business activities. If new laws or regulations are imposed relating to oil and gas extraction, or if additional levels of reporting, regulation or permitting moratoria are required or imposed, including those related to hydraulic fracturing, the volumes of natural gas and other products that we transport, gather, process and treat could decline and our results of operations and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes could be adversely affected.

Certain of our gas pipeline services are subject to long-term, fixed-price contracts that are not subject to adjustment, even if our cost to perform such services exceeds the revenues received from such contracts.

Our gas pipelines provide some services pursuant to long-term, fixed-price contracts. It is possible that costs to perform services under such contracts will exceed the revenues our pipelines collect for their services. Although most of the services are priced at cost-based rates that are subject to adjustment in rate cases, under FERC policy, a regulated service provider and a customer may mutually agree to sign a contract for service at a “negotiated rate” that may be above or below the FERC regulated cost-based rate for that service. These “negotiated rate” contracts are not generally subject to adjustment for increased costs that could be produced by inflation or other factors relating to the specific facilities being used to perform the services.

Our operating results for certain components of our business might fluctuate on a seasonal basis.

Revenues from certain components of our business can have seasonal characteristics. In many parts of the country, demand for natural gas and other fuels peaks during the winter. As a result, our overall operating results in the future might fluctuate substantially on a seasonal basis. Demand for natural gas and other fuels could vary significantly from our expectations depending on the nature and location of our facilities and pipeline systems and the terms of our natural gas transportation arrangements relative to demand created by unusual weather patterns.

We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and facilities are located, which could disrupt our operations.

We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and facilities have been constructed. As such, we are subject to the possibility of increased costs to retain necessary land use. In those instances in which we do not own the land on which our facilities are located, we obtain the rights to construct and operate our pipelines and gathering systems on land owned by third parties and governmental agencies for a specific period of time. In addition, some of our facilities cross Native American lands pursuant to rights-of-way of limited term. We may not have the right of eminent domain over land owned by Native American tribes. Our loss of these rights, through our inability to renew right-of-way contracts or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

 

S-22


Table of Contents

Difficult conditions in the global financial markets and the economy in general could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

Our businesses may be negatively impacted by adverse economic conditions or future disruptions in global financial markets. Included among these potential negative impacts are industrial or economic contraction leading to reduced energy demand and lower prices for our products and services and increased difficulty in collecting amounts owed to us by our customers. If financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to implement our business plans or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures. In addition, financial markets have periodically been affected by concerns over U.S. fiscal and monetary policies. These concerns, as well as actions taken by the U.S. federal government in response to these concerns, could significantly and adversely impact the global and U.S. economies and financial markets, which could negatively impact us in the manners described above.

As a publicly traded partnership, these developments could significantly impair our ability to make acquisitions or finance growth projects. We distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders on a quarterly basis. We typically rely upon external financing sources, including the issuance of debt and equity securities and bank borrowings, to fund acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures. Any limitations on our access to external capital, including limitations caused by illiquidity or volatility in the capital markets, may impair our ability to complete future acquisitions and construction projects on favorable terms, if at all. As a result, we may be at a competitive disadvantage as compared to businesses that reinvest all of their available cash to expand ongoing operations, particularly under adverse economic conditions.

A downgrade of our credit ratings, which are determined outside of our control by independent third parties, could impact our liquidity, access to capital, and our costs of doing business.

A downgrade of our credit ratings might increase our cost of borrowing and could require us to provide collateral to our counterparties, negatively impacting our available liquidity. In addition, our ability to access capital markets could be limited by a downgrade of our credit ratings.

Credit rating agencies perform independent analysis when assigning credit ratings. This analysis includes a number of criteria such as business composition, market and operational risks, as well as various financial tests. Credit rating agencies continue to review the criteria for industry sectors and various debt ratings and may make changes to those criteria from time to time. Credit ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the ratings agencies.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers and counterparties, and our credit risk management may not be adequate to protect against such risk.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment and/or nonperformance by our customers and counterparties in the ordinary course of our business. Generally, our customers are rated investment grade, are otherwise considered creditworthy or are required to make prepayments or provide security to satisfy credit concerns. However, our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully eliminate customer and counterparty credit risk. Our customers and counterparties include industrial customers, local distribution companies, natural gas producers and marketers whose creditworthiness may be suddenly and disparately impacted by, among other factors, commodity price volatility, deteriorating energy market conditions, and public and regulatory opposition to energy producing activities. If we fail to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers and counterparties, unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness and any resulting increase in nonpayment and/or nonperformance by them could cause us to write down or write off doubtful accounts. Such write-downs or write-offs could negatively affect our operating results in the periods in which they occur, and, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

 

S-23


Table of Contents

Institutional knowledge residing with current employees nearing retirement eligibility or with our former employees might not be adequately preserved.

We expect that a significant percentage of employees will become eligible for retirement over the next several years. In certain areas of our business, institutional knowledge resides with employees who have many years of service. As these employees reach retirement age or their services are no longer available to Williams, Williams may not be able to replace them with employees of comparable knowledge and experience. In addition, Williams may not be able to retain or recruit other qualified individuals, and our efforts at knowledge transfer could be inadequate. If knowledge transfer, recruiting and retention efforts are inadequate, access to significant amounts of internal historical knowledge and expertise could become unavailable to us.

Our hedging activities might not be effective and could increase the volatility of our results.

In an effort to manage our financial exposure related to commodity price and market fluctuations, we have entered, and may in the future enter, into contracts to hedge certain risks associated with our assets and operations. In these hedging activities, we have used, and may in the future use, fixed-price, forward, physical purchase and sales contracts, futures, financial swaps and option contracts traded in the over-the-counter markets or on exchanges. Nevertheless, no single hedging arrangement can adequately address all risks present in a given contract. For example, a forward contract that would be effective in hedging commodity price volatility risks would not hedge the contract’s counterparty credit or performance risk. Therefore, unhedged risks will always continue to exist. While we attempt to manage counterparty credit risk within guidelines established by our credit policy, we may not be able to successfully manage all credit risk and as such, future cash flows and results of operations could be impacted by counterparty default.

Our investments and projects located outside of the United States expose us to risks related to the laws of other countries, and the taxes, economic conditions, fluctuations in currency rates, political conditions and policies of foreign governments. These risks might delay or reduce our realization of value from our international projects.

We currently own and might acquire and/or dispose of material energy-related investments and projects outside the United States. The economic, political and legal conditions and regulatory environment in the countries in which we have interests or in which we might pursue acquisition or investment opportunities present risks that are different from or greater than those in the United States. These risks include, among others, delays in construction and interruption of business, as well as risks of renegotiation, trade sanctions or nullification of existing contracts and changes in law or tax policy, including with respect to the prices we realize for the commodities we produce and sell. The uncertainty of the legal environment in certain foreign countries in which we develop or acquire projects or make investments could make it more difficult to obtain nonrecourse project financing or other financing on suitable terms, could adversely affect the ability of certain customers to honor their obligations with respect to such projects or investments and could impair our ability to enforce our rights under agreements relating to such projects or investments.

Operations and investments in foreign countries also can present currency exchange rate and convertibility, inflation and repatriation risk. In certain situations under which we develop or acquire projects or make investments, economic and monetary conditions and other factors could affect our ability to convert to U.S. dollars our earnings denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, risk from fluctuations in currency exchange rates can arise when our foreign subsidiaries expend or borrow funds in one type of currency, but receive revenue in another. In such cases, an adverse change in exchange rates can reduce our ability to meet expenses, including debt service obligations. We may or may not put contracts in place designed to mitigate our foreign currency exchange risks. We have some exposures that are not hedged and which could result in losses or volatility in our results of operations.

 

S-24


Table of Contents

Failure of our service providers or disruptions to our outsourcing relationships might negatively impact our ability to conduct our business.

We rely on Williams for certain services necessary for us to be able to conduct our business. Certain of Williams’ accounting and information technology functions that we rely on are currently provided by third party vendors, and sometimes from service centers outside of the United States. Services provided pursuant to these agreements could be disrupted. Similarly, the expiration of such agreements or the transition of services between providers could lead to loss of institutional knowledge or service disruptions. Our reliance on Williams and others as service providers and on Williams’ outsourcing relationships, and our limited ability to control certain costs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and on our ability to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes.

The execution of the integration strategy following the Merger may not be successful.

The ultimate success of the Merger will depend, in part, on the ability of the combined company to realize the anticipated benefits from combining these formerly separate businesses. Realizing the benefits of the Merger will depend in part on the effective integration of assets, operations, functions and personnel while maintaining adequate focus on our core businesses. Any expected cost savings, economies of scale, enhanced liquidity or other operational efficiencies, as well as revenue enhancement opportunities, or other synergies, may not occur.

Our management team expects to face challenges inherent in integrating certain Pre-merger ACMP operations into the West and Northeast G&P operating areas as well as integrating certain functions that support our business such as environmental, health and safety, engineering and construction and business development. If management is unable to minimize the potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management during the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the Merger may not be realized or may only be realized to a lesser extent than expected. In addition, the inability to successfully manage the integration could have an adverse effect on us.

The integration process could result in the loss of key employees, as well as the disruption of each of our ongoing businesses or the creation of inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies. Any or all of those occurrences could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with service providers, customers and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Merger.

Integration may also result in additional and unforeseen expenses, which could reduce the anticipated benefits of the Merger and materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our allocation from Williams for costs for its defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans are affected by factors beyond our and Williams’ control.

As we have no employees, employees of Williams and its affiliates provide services to us. As a result, we are allocated a portion of Williams’ costs in defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of Williams’ or its affiliates’ employees providing services to us, as well as a portion of the costs of other postretirement benefit plans covering certain eligible participants providing services to us. The timing and amount of our allocations under the defined benefit pension plans depend upon a number of factors that Williams controls, including changes to pension plan benefits, as well as factors outside of Williams’ control, such as asset returns, interest rates and changes in pension laws. Changes to these and other factors that can significantly increase our allocations could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in interest rates could adversely impact our unit price, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes, and our ability to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

Interest rates may increase in the future. As a result, interest rates on future credit facilities and debt offerings could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. As with other yield-oriented securities, our unit price will be impacted by the level of our cash distributions and implied

 

S-25


Table of Contents

distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on our unit price and our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes and to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

Risks Related to our Relationship with Williams

Williams, through its ownership of Access Midstream Ventures, L.L.C. (“Access Midstream Ventures”), indirectly owns and controls our general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner has limited duties to us and it and its affiliates, including Williams and Access Midstream Ventures, may have conflicts of interest with us and may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders.

Access Midstream Ventures, which is owned and controlled by Williams, owns and controls our general partner and appoints all of the officers and directors of our general partner, some of whom are also officers and directors of Williams and Access Midstream Ventures. Although our general partner has a contractual duty when acting in its capacity as our general partner to act in a way that it believes is in our best interest, the directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to its sole member, Access Midstream Ventures, and Williams. Conflicts of interest may arise between Williams, Access Midstream Ventures and our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of Williams and/or Access Midstream Ventures over our interests and the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others:

 

    Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires Williams or Access Midstream Ventures to pursue a business strategy that favors us. For example, Williams’ directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the owners of Williams, which may be contrary to our best interests and the interests of our unitholders. Further, Williams is not a party to any agreement that prohibits it from competing against us in our gas gathering and processing operations and for gathering, processing and acquisition opportunities. It is possible that Williams could preclude us from pursuing opportunities in which Williams has a competitive interest.

 

    Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as Williams or Access Midstream Ventures, in resolving conflicts of interest.

 

    Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces the duties owed by our general partner, and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

    Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

 

    Williams owns units representing approximately 59% of the limited partner interest in us. If a vote of our limited partners is required in which Williams is entitled to vote, Williams will be able to vote its units in accordance with its own interests, which may be contrary to our interests or the interests of our unitholders.

 

    The executive officers and certain directors of our general partner devote significant time to our business and/or the business of Williams, and will be compensated by Williams for the services rendered to them.

 

    Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuance of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction or increase of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders.

 

S-26


Table of Contents
    Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and, based on the applicable facts and circumstances and, in some instances, with the concurrence of the conflicts committee of its board of directors, whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our general partner with respect to its incentive distribution right.

 

    Our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us.

 

    Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make incentive distributions.

 

    Our partnership agreement permits us to classify up to $120 million as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributions to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest or the incentive distribution rights.

 

    Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.

 

    Our general partner, in certain circumstances, has limited liability regarding our contractual and other obligations and in some circumstances is required to be indemnified by us.

 

    Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if they own more than 80 percent of the common units.

 

    Our general partner controls the enforcement of the obligations that it and its affiliates owe to us.

 

    Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

 

    Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

Affiliates of our general partner, including Williams, are not limited in their ability to compete with us and may exclude us from opportunities with which they are involved. In addition, all of the executive officers and certain of the directors of our general partner are also officers and/or directors of Williams, and these persons will owe fiduciary duties to Williams.

While our relationship with Williams and its affiliates is a significant attribute, it is also a source of potential conflicts. For example, Williams and its affiliates are in the natural gas business and are not restricted from competing with us. Williams and its affiliates may acquire, construct or dispose of natural gas industry assets in the future, some or all of which may compete with our assets, without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase or construct such assets. In addition, all of the executive officers and certain of the directors of our general partner are also officers and/or directors of Williams and certain of its affiliates and will owe fiduciary duties to those entities.

 

S-27


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering of notes will be approximately $2.970 billion after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay indebtedness, which may include amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program and our Credit Facility, to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes.

In general, indebtedness under our commercial paper program and Credit Facility was incurred primarily to repay our 3.8% Senior Notes due 2015 upon their maturity and for general partnership purposes, including funding capital expenditures, working capital or partnership distributions. At February 3, 2015, we had $730 million in borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 3.50% per annum. The Credit Facility will mature on February 2, 2020. At February 20, 2015, we had $1.721 billion in principal amount of short-term notes outstanding under our commercial paper program, with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 0.5013% per annum and a weighted-average maturity of approximately seven days.

The underwriters participating in this offering or their affiliates may hold our commercial paper notes and therefore will receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates are agents, arrangers, bookrunners or lenders under our Credit Facility. To the extent the net proceeds of this offering are used to pay down the outstanding balance under our Credit Facility, the underwriters or their affiliates will receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Please read “Underwriting — Relationships” in this prospectus supplement.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth our consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(a)

     2.87         3.27         3.85         4.70         4.09   

 

(a) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” is the aggregate of the following items: pre-tax income or loss before income or loss from equity investees; plus fixed charges; plus distributed income of equity investees; and less capitalized interest. The term “fixed charges” means the sum of interest incurred and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

 

S-28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our historical cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2014 as presented in Exhibit 99.1 of our Form 8-K dated February 25, 2015, and as adjusted to reflect the following assumptions:

 

    the sale of the notes offered by us in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, and the expected application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement;

 

    the repayment of our $750 million aggregate principal amount of 3.8% Senior Notes due 2015 upon their maturity; and

 

    additional net borrowings under our commercial paper program and Credit Facility subsequent to December 31, 2014 through February 20, 2015.

This table is derived from and should be read together with our supplemental consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2015, which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2015, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement.

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Historical      As Adjusted  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 171       $ 171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term debt:

Long-term debt due within one year

$ 4    $ 4   

Our short-term credit facility

  —        —     

Commercial paper notes

  798      86 (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

  802      90   

Long-term debt (less unamortized debt discount):

Our credit facility

  —        —   (2) 

Pre-merger ACMP’s credit facility loans

  640      —     

Our senior notes with various interest rates ranging from 3.35% to 7.25% and maturities from 2015 to 2045

  13,564      12,814   

2022 notes offered hereby

  —        1,249   

2025 notes offered hereby

  —        748   

2045 notes offered hereby

  —        995   

Transco notes and debentures with various interest rates ranging from 4.45% to 7.25% and maturities from 2016 to 2042

  1,428      1,428   

Northwest Pipeline notes and debentures with various interest rates ranging from 5.95% to 7.125% and maturities from 2016 to 2025

  694      694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

  16,326      17,928   

Equity:

Held by public:

Common units

  3,971      3,971   

Held by the general partner and its affiliates:

Controlling interests

  16,621      16,621   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  2      2   

Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries

  8,091      8,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

  28,685      28,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt and equity

$ 45,813    $ 46,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) As of February 20, 2015, we had $1.721 billion in principal amount of short-term notes outstanding under our commercial paper program. The outstanding commercial paper notes have a weighted-average maturity of approximately seven days.
(2) As of February 20, 2015, we had $1.335 billion in borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 1.422% per annum. The Credit Facility will mature on February 2, 2020.

 

S-29


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

We will issue $1,250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 3.60% senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 notes”), $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 4.00% senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 notes”) and $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 5.10% senior notes due 2045 (the “2045 notes,” and together with the 2022 notes and the 2025 notes, the “notes”) under an indenture (the “base indenture”), dated as of November 9, 2010, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “trustee”), as amended and supplemented by a supplemental indenture (the “supplemental indenture”) between the Company and the trustee relating to the issuance of the notes. The base indenture, as amended and supplemented by the supplemental indenture, is referred to herein as the “indenture.” The terms of the notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). Each of the 2022 notes, the 2025 notes and the 2045 notes will be separate series of securities under the indenture.

The following description of certain terms of the notes supplements, and to the extent inconsistent, replaces, the description under “Description of the Debt Securities” in the accompanying base prospectus. The following description and the description under “Description of the Debt Securities” in the accompanying base prospectus together constitute a summary of the material provisions of the indenture and the notes. They do not restate those documents in their entirety. We urge you to read the indenture in its entirety, because it, and not this description or the description under “Description of the Debt Securities” in the accompanying base prospectus, defines your rights as holders of the notes. Copies of the indenture are available as set forth below under “— Additional Information.” You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “— Certain Definitions.” In this description, the terms “Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” refer only to Williams Partners L.P. and not to any of our subsidiaries. Certain defined terms used in this “Description of the Notes” but not defined below under “— Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the indenture.

Brief Description of the Notes

The notes:

 

    are our general unsecured obligations;

 

    are equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness;

 

    are effectively subordinated to any of our existing and future senior secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of our Subsidiaries, including trade payables; and

 

    are senior to all of our future subordinated indebtedness.

Assuming that we had completed this offering of the notes on December 31, 2014 (and giving effect to the Merger), we would have had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $17.9 billion (including $3.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of the notes offered hereby), approximately $2.12 billion of which would have consisted of indebtedness of our Subsidiaries.

The indenture will permit us to incur additional indebtedness, including additional senior unsecured indebtedness. The indenture also will not restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness. See “Risks Related to the Notes — Restrictions in our debt agreements and the amount of our indebtedness may affect our future financial and operating flexibility.”

We own a noncontrolling interest in Aux Sable Liquid Products Inc., Aux Sable Liquid Products LP, Baton Rouge Fractionators LLC, Baton Rouge Pipeline LLC, Caiman Energy II, LLC, Cardinal Pipeline Company LLC, Discovery Producer Services LLC, Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C., Laurel Mountain Midstream

 

S-30


Table of Contents

Ohio, LLC, Laurel Mountain Midstream Operating LLC, Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC, Overland Pass Pipeline Company LLC, Pacific Connector Gas Pipeline, LLC, Pacific Connector Gas Pipeline, LP, Pine Needle LNG Company, LLC, Pecan Hill Watering Solutions, LLC, Ranch Westex JV, LLC, and Utica East Ohio Midstream LLC. We use the equity method of accounting for these investments and they will not be classified as Subsidiaries of ours under the indenture so long as we continue to own a noncontrolling interest in each of them. As a result, the entities listed above will not be subject to the restrictive covenants in the indenture so long as they are not Subsidiaries of ours.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

We will issue the 2022 notes with an initial maximum aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000, the 2025 notes with an initial maximum aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000 and the 2045 notes with an initial maximum aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000. The 2022 notes will mature on March 15, 2022, the 2025 notes will mature on September 15, 2025 and the 2045 notes will mature on September 15, 2045. We will issue notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Interest on the 2022 notes will accrue at the rate of 3.60% per annum, and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15, beginning on September 15, 2015. We will make each interest payment on the 2022 notes to the holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day). Interest on the 2025 notes will accrue at the rate of 4.00% per annum, and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15, beginning on September 15, 2015. We will make each interest payment on the 2025 notes to the holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day). Interest on the 2045 notes will accrue at the rate of 5.10% per annum, and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15, beginning on September 15, 2015. We will make each interest payment on the 2045 notes to the holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day).

Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the date it was most recently paid or duly provided for. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. If any interest or other payment date of the notes falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest will be due on the next succeeding Business Day as if made on the date that payment was due, and no interest will accrue on that payment for the period from and after that interest or other payment date, as the case may be, to the date of that payment on the next succeeding Business Day.

We may, without the consent of the holders of notes of any series, issue additional notes having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the notes of such series, except the issue date, the public offering price and, if applicable, the initial interest payment date and the initial interest accrual date, and such additional notes may not be fungible for trading purposes with, and may initially bear a different identifying numbers than, the notes of the applicable series offered hereby. Any additional notes having such similar terms, together with the notes of the applicable series offered hereby, will constitute a single series of debt securities under the indenture.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

We will pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on the notes in the manner described under “— Same-Day Settlement and Payment” below.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. We may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and we or any of our Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

 

S-31


Table of Contents

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. No service charges will be imposed on the holders by us, the trustee or the registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of notes, but holders may be required to pay all taxes due on transfer or exchange. We are not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, we are not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before mailing notice of any redemption of notes.

Optional Redemption

We may, at our option, redeem the notes of each series, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to January 15, 2022, in the case of the 2022 notes, June 15, 2025, in the case of the 2025 notes and March 15, 2045, in the case of the 2045 notes, at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

 

  (1) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, and

 

  (2) as determined by the Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 30 basis points in the case of the 2022 notes, 30 basis points in the case of the 2025 notes and 40 basis points in the case of the 2045 notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

We also have the option, with respect to the 2022 notes, at any time on or after January 15, 2022 (which is the date that is two months prior to the maturity date of the 2022 notes), with respect to the 2025 notes, at any time on or after June 15, 2025 (which is the date that is three months prior to the maturity date of the 2025 notes) and with respect to the 2045 notes, at any time on or after March 15, 2045 (which is the date that is six months prior to the maturity date of the 2045 notes), to redeem the notes of such series, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes of such series to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date.

Selection and Notice

If less than all the notes of any series are to be redeemed, the notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by lot or in such manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair, provided that in the case of notes represented by one or more global securities, interests in such notes shall be selected for redemption by the depositary in accordance with its standard procedures therefor.

No notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of optional redemption will be delivered electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note that is to be redeemed. A new note of the same series and in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note will be issued in the name of the holder of the note upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Mandatory Redemption

We are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes of any series or to repurchase the notes of any series at the option of the holders.

Certain Covenants

Except as set forth in this “Description of the Notes,” neither we nor any of our Subsidiaries will be restricted by the indenture from incurring additional indebtedness or other obligations, from making distributions or paying dividends on our or our Subsidiaries’ equity interests or from purchasing our or our Subsidiaries’

 

S-32


Table of Contents

equity interests. The indenture does not require the maintenance of any financial ratios or specified levels of net worth or liquidity. In addition, the indenture does not contain any provisions that would require us to repurchase or redeem any of the notes in situations that may adversely affect the creditworthiness of the notes.

Liens

We will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary of ours to, issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien, other than Permitted Liens, upon any of our or any of our Subsidiaries’ property, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the notes are equally and ratably secured with such Indebtedness until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by a Lien.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, we may, and may permit any Subsidiary of ours to, issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, without securing the notes; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of ours and any Subsidiary of ours then outstanding secured by any such Liens (other than Permitted Liens) does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

We may not directly or indirectly consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and properties and the assets and properties of our Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) in one or more related transactions to another Person, unless:

 

  (1) either: (a) we are the survivor; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than us) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person formed, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

  (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than us) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made expressly assumes by supplemental indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, executed by the successor person and delivered to the trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on the notes of each series and the performance of all of our obligations under the indenture and the notes;

 

  (3) we or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger will deliver to the trustee an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the indenture and that all conditions precedent in the indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with; and

 

  (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default or event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

Upon any consolidation by us with or our merger into any other Person or Persons where we are not the survivor or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties and assets and the properties and assets of our Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person or Persons in accordance herewith, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which we are merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, us under the indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company therein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under the indenture and the notes.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of a Person.

 

S-33


Table of Contents

Reports

We will:

 

  (1) file with the trustee, within 30 days after we have filed the same with the Commission, unless such reports are available on the Commission’s EDGAR filing system (or any successor thereto), copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which we may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if we are not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then we shall file with the trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents, and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

 

  (2) file with the trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by us with the conditions and covenants of the indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

 

  (3) transmit within 30 days after the filing thereof with the trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by us pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this paragraph as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

Events of Default and Remedies

Each of the following is an “Event of Default” with respect to the notes of any series, and any references under “Description of the Debt Securities” in the accompanying base prospectus to events of default described in the first paragraph under the heading “Events of Default” therein shall be deemed to be references to the following:

 

  (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of any interest on the notes of such series;

 

  (b) default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on the notes of such series when the principal or premium becomes due and payable;

 

  (c) failure by us duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements (other than those described in clause (a) or (b) above) in the indenture with respect to the notes of such series, which failure continues for a period of 60 days, or, in the case of the covenant set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Reports” above, which failure continues for a period of 90 days, after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” has been given to us by the trustee, upon direction of holders of at least 25% in principal amount of then outstanding notes of such series; provided, however, that if such failure is not capable of cure within such 60-day or 90-day period, as the case may be, such 60-day or 90-day period, as the case may be, shall be automatically extended by an additional 60 days so long as (i) such failure is subject to cure, and (ii) we are using commercially reasonable efforts to cure such failure; and provided, further, that a failure to comply with any such other agreement in the indenture that results from a change in GAAP shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default; and

 

  (d) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in the indenture with respect to us.

In case an Event of Default specified in clause (a) or (b) above shall occur and be continuing with respect to the notes of any series, holders of at least 25%, and in case an Event of Default specified in clause (c) above shall occur and be continuing with respect to the notes of such series, holders of at least a majority, in aggregate principal amount of the notes of such series then outstanding may declare the principal to be due and payable. If

 

S-34


Table of Contents

an Event of Default described in clause (d) above shall occur and be continuing then the principal amount of all the debt securities then outstanding under the indenture shall be and become due and payable immediately, without notice or other action by any holder or the trustee, to the full extent permitted by law. Any past or existing default or Event of Default with respect to the notes of any series may be waived by the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of such series, except in each case a continuing default (1) in the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on, or any additional amounts with respect to, any notes of such series, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder affected thereby.

The indenture provides that the trustee may withhold notice to the holders of any default with respect to the notes of any series (except in payment of principal of or interest or premium on the notes of such series) if the trustee considers it in the interest of holders to do so. The indenture contains a provision entitling the trustee to be indemnified by the holders before proceeding to exercise any trust or power under the indenture at the request of such holders. The indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes of any series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the trustee with respect to the notes of such series; provided, however, that the trustee may decline to follow any such direction if, among other reasons, the trustee determines that the actions or proceedings as directed would be unduly prejudicial to the holders of the notes of such series not joining in such direction. The right of a holder to institute a proceeding with respect to the notes of any series will be subject to certain conditions precedent including, without limitation, that in case of an Event of Default specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of the first paragraph above under “— Events of Default and Remedies,” holders of at least 25%, or in case of an Event of Default specified in clause (c) of the first paragraph above under “— Events of Default and Remedies,” holders of at least a majority, in aggregate principal amount of the notes of such series then outstanding make a written request upon the trustee to exercise its powers under the indenture, indemnify the trustee and afford the trustee reasonable opportunity to act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder has an absolute right to receipt of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on and additional amounts with respect to the notes of the applicable series when due and to institute suit for the enforcement thereof. We are required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture.

Governing Law

The indenture and the notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Additional Information

We will file the supplemental indenture as an exhibit to a current report on Form 8-K at the completion of this offering. Anyone who receives this prospectus supplement may also obtain a copy of the base indenture and/ or the supplemental indenture without charge by writing to Williams Partners L.P., One Williams Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172; Attention: Investor Relations.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Except as set forth below, notes will be issued in registered, global form, without interest coupons, which we refer to as “Global Notes.” Global Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notes will be issued at the closing of this offering only against payment in immediately available funds.

The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co., in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

 

S-35


Table of Contents

Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to DTC, to a nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for notes in registered, certificated form (“Certificated Notes”) except in the limited circumstances described below. See “— Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes.” Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form.

Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream”)), which may change from time to time.

Depository Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of DTC and are subject to changes by it. We take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge investors to contact DTC or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the underwriters), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

 

  (1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of the Participants designated by the underwriters with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and

 

  (2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interest in the Global Notes).

Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are Participants. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

 

S-36


Table of Contents

Except as described below, owners of an interest in the Global Notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes and will not be considered the registered owners or “holders” thereof under the indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the Company and the trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the trustee nor any agent of ours or of the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

 

  (1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

 

  (2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.

DTC has advised us that its current practice, at the due date of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes, is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the notes as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the Company and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the Participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for Certificated Notes, and to distribute such notes to its Participants.

 

S-37


Table of Contents

Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such procedures at any time. Neither the Company nor the trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective Participants or Indirect Participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

A Global Note of any series is exchangeable for Certificated Notes of such series in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof if:

 

  (1) DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, we fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days after the date of such notice from DTC;

 

  (2) we, at our option and subject to the procedures of DTC, notify the trustee in writing that we elect to cause the issuance of the Certificated Notes of such series; or

 

  (3) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the notes of the applicable series.

In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Same-Day Settlement and Payment

We will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, interest and premium, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. We will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes (i) to holders having an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 or less, by check mailed to such holder’s registered address or (ii) to holders having an aggregate principal amount of more than $2,000,000, by check mailed to such holder’s registered address or, upon application by a holder to the registrar not later than the relevant record date or in the case of payments of principal or premium, if any, not later than 15 days prior to the principal payment date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that holder’s account within the United States (subject to surrender of the Certificated Note in the case of payments of principal or premium), which application shall remain in effect until the holder notifies the registrar to the contrary in writing. The notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised us that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

 

S-38


Table of Contents

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for that redemption date.

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

Board of Directors” means:

 

  (1) with respect to the Company, the board of directors of the General Partner or any authorized committee thereof;

 

  (2) with respect to any corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any authorized committee thereof;

 

  (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or managing members or board of directors, as applicable, of such limited liability company or any authorized committee thereof;

 

  (4) with respect to any other partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership or any authorized committee thereof; and

 

  (5) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or another place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Capital Stock” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or any successor agency.

Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to the notes of a series, the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes of such series being redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the notes of such series.

 

S-39


Table of Contents

Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date:

 

  (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for that redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or

 

  (2) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than three Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations so received.

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of us and our Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

 

  (1) all current liabilities (excluding (A) any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed, and (B) current maturities of long-term debt); and

 

  (2) the value (net of any applicable reserves) of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, and other like intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on our consolidated balance sheet for our most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of ours that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect from time to time.

General Partner” means WPZ GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including any permitted successors and assigns under the Limited Partnership Agreement).

holder” means a Person in whose name a note is registered.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any obligation created or assumed by such Person, whether or not contingent, for the repayment of money borrowed from others or any guarantee thereof.

International Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of ours other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of ours in which we or any of our Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other similar encumbrance.

Limited Partnership Agreement” means our First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 3, 2010, among the General Partner and the other parties named therein, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Non-Recourse Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by any Joint Venture or Non-Recourse Subsidiary which does not provide for recourse against us or any Subsidiary of ours (other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) or any property or asset of ours or any Subsidiary of ours (other than the Capital Stock or the properties or assets of a Joint Venture or Non-Recourse Subsidiary).

Non-Recourse Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of ours (i) whose principal purpose is to incur Non-Recourse Indebtedness and/or construct, lease, own or operate the assets financed thereby, or to become a direct or indirect partner, member or other equity participant or owner in a partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, unlimited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association or joint venture created for such purpose (collectively, a “Business Entity”), (ii) who is not an obligor or otherwise bound with respect to any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, (iii) substantially all the assets of which Subsidiary or Business Entity are

 

S-40


Table of Contents

limited to (x) those assets being financed (or to be financed), or the operation of which is being financed (or to be financed), in whole or in part by Non-Recourse Indebtedness or (y) Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other obligations of, one or more other Non-Recourse Subsidiaries or Business Entities and (iv) any Subsidiary of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary; provided that such Subsidiary shall be considered to be a Non-Recourse Subsidiary only to the extent that and for so long as each of the above requirements are met.

Permitted International Debt” means Indebtedness of any International Subsidiary for which neither we nor any Domestic Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, provides any guarantee or other credit support and which is secured, if at all, only by pledges of or liens on assets (i) held by an International Subsidiary on the date of the indenture, (ii) acquired by an International Subsidiary from a Person not constituting an Affiliate or (iii) acquired by an International Subsidiary from us, any Domestic Subsidiary or other Affiliate on terms that, in the good faith judgment of our Board of Directors, are no less favorable to us or the relevant Domestic Subsidiary or other Affiliate than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by us or such Domestic Subsidiary or other Affiliate with an unrelated Person or, if in the good faith judgment of our Board of Directors, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such transaction, such transaction is otherwise fair to us or the relevant Domestic Subsidiary or other Affiliate from a financial point of view.

Permitted Liens” means:

 

  (1) any Lien existing on any property at the time of the acquisition thereof and not created in contemplation of such acquisition by us or any of our Subsidiaries, whether or not assumed by us or any of our Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) any Lien existing on any property of a Subsidiary of ours at the time it becomes a Subsidiary of ours and not created in contemplation thereof and any Lien existing on any property of any Person at the time such Person is merged or liquidated into or consolidated with us or any Subsidiary of ours and not created in contemplation thereof;

 

  (3) purchase money and analogous Liens incurred in connection with the acquisition, development, construction, improvement, repair or replacement of property (including such Liens securing Indebtedness incurred within 12 months of the date on which such property was acquired, developed, constructed, improved, repaired or replaced); provided that all such Liens attach only to the property acquired, developed, constructed, improved, repaired or replaced and the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall not exceed the gross cost of the property;

 

  (4) any Liens created or assumed to secure Indebtedness of ours or of any Subsidiary of ours maturing within 12 months of the date of creation thereof and not renewable or extendible by the terms thereof at the option of the obligor beyond such 12 months;

 

  (5) Liens on accounts receivable and related proceeds thereof arising in connection with a receivables financing and any Lien held by the purchaser of receivables derived from property or assets sold by us or any Subsidiary of ours and securing such receivables resulting from the exercise of any rights arising out of defaults on such receivables;

 

  (6) leases constituting Liens existing on the date of the indenture or thereafter existing and any renewals or extensions thereof;

 

  (7) any Lien securing industrial development, pollution control or similar revenue bonds;

 

  (8) Liens existing on the date of the indenture;

 

  (9) Liens in favor of us or any Subsidiary of ours;

 

  (10) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to refund, extend, refinance or otherwise replace Indebtedness (“Refinanced Indebtedness”) secured by a Lien permitted to be incurred under the indenture; provided that the principal amount of such Refinanced Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness refinanced (plus the amount of penalties, premiums, fees, accrued interest and reasonable expenses incurred therewith) at the time of refinancing;

 

S-41


Table of Contents
  (11) Liens on any assets or properties, or pledges of the Capital Stock, of (a) any Joint Venture owned by us or any Subsidiary of ours or (b) any Non-Recourse Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness of such Joint Venture or Non-Recourse Subsidiary;

 

  (12) Liens on the products and proceeds (including insurance, condemnation, and eminent domain proceeds) of and accessions to, and contract or other rights (including rights under insurance policies and product warranties) derivative of or relating to, property permitted by the indenture to be subject to Liens but subject to the same restrictions and limitations set forth in the indenture as to Liens on such property (including the requirement that such Liens on products, proceeds, accessions, and rights secure only obligations that such property is permitted to secure);

 

  (13) any Liens securing Indebtedness neither assumed nor guaranteed by us or any Subsidiary of ours nor on which we or they customarily pay interest, existing upon real estate or rights in or relating to real estate (including rights-of-way and easements) acquired by us or such Subsidiary, which mortgage Liens do not materially impair the use of such property for the purposes for which it is held by us or such Subsidiary;

 

  (14) any Lien existing or hereafter created on any office equipment, data processing equipment (including computer and computer peripheral equipment) or transportation equipment (including motor vehicles, aircraft, and marine vessels);

 

  (15) undetermined Liens and charges incidental to construction or maintenance;

 

  (16) any Lien created or assumed by us or any Subsidiary of ours on oil, gas, coal or other mineral or timber property owned by us or a Subsidiary of ours;

 

  (17) any Lien created by us or any Subsidiary of ours on any contract (or any rights thereunder or proceeds therefrom) providing for advances by us or such Subsidiary to finance gas exploration and development, which Lien is created to secure Indebtedness incurred to finance such advances;

 

  (18) any Lien granted in connection with a cash collateralization or similar arrangement to secure obligations of ours or any Subsidiary of ours to issuing banks in connection with letters of credits issued at the request of us or any Subsidiary of ours;

 

  (19) Liens on cash deposits in the nature of a right of setoff, banker’s lien, counterclaim or netting of cash amounts owed arising in the ordinary course of business on deposit accounts;

 

  (20) Liens securing Permitted International Debt;

 

  (21) Liens not otherwise permitted so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed $10,000,000 at any time; and

 

  (22) Liens occurring in, arising from, or associated with Specified Escrow Arrangements.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed as such agent by us.

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to any Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by that Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding that redemption date.

Reference Treasury Dealers” means (i) Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and their successors, unless any of such entities ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in the United States (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), in which case we shall substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by us.

 

S-42


Table of Contents

Specified Escrow Arrangements” means cash deposits at one or more financial institutions for the purpose of funding any potential shortfall in the daily net cash position of us or any of our Subsidiaries.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

  (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

  (2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole general partner or member of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) if there is more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only managing general partners or managing members of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership or limited liability company, respectively.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Williams” means The Williams Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

S-43


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Williams Partners Notes

As of December 31, 2014 (and giving effect to the Merger), we had outstanding $13.35 billion aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes with various interest rates from 3.35% to 7.25% and maturities ranging from 2015 to 2045 (collectively, the “Williams Partners Notes”).

The terms of the Williams Partners Notes are governed by indentures that contain covenants that, among other things, limit (1) our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur liens on assets to secure certain debt and (2) certain mergers or consolidations and transfers of assets. The terms of the indentures governing certain of the Williams Partners Notes originally issued by Pre-merger ACMP (the “Pre-merger ACMP Notes”), of which there are $3.65 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding, also limit the ability of our subsidiaries to guarantee certain of our indebtedness without also guaranteeing the Pre-merger ACMP Notes, and further require that we offer to repurchase the Pre-merger ACMP Notes upon the occurrence of a change of control followed by a decrease in the rating of the Pre-merger ACMP Notes (as described in the indentures governing the Pre-merger ACMP Notes). The indentures also contain customary events of default, upon which the trustee or the holders of the Williams Partners Notes may declare all outstanding Williams Partners Notes to be due and payable immediately.

We may redeem the Williams Partners Notes at our option in whole or in part at any time or from time to time prior to the respective maturity dates, at the applicable redemption prices described in the indentures governing the Williams Partners Notes. We are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Williams Partners Notes or to repurchase the Williams Partners Notes at the option of the holders.

Transco and Northwest Pipeline Notes

As of December 31, 2014, Transco had outstanding a total of $1.433 billion aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured debt issues with various interest rates from 4.45% to 7.25% and maturities ranging from 2016 to 2042 (the “Transco Notes”). As of December 31, 2014, Northwest Pipeline had outstanding a total of $695 million aggregate principal face amount of senior unsecured debt issues with various interest rates from 5.95% to 7.125% and maturities ranging from 2016 to 2025 (the “Northwest Pipeline Notes”).

The indentures governing the Transco Notes and the Northwest Pipeline Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit Transco and Northwest Pipeline’s ability to (1) incur liens securing indebtedness, (2) engage in certain sale and lease-back transactions and (3) consolidate, merge, transfer or lease assets. The indentures also contain customary events of default including non-payment of principal or interest, failure to comply with covenants, and certain bankruptcy or insolvency events. Northwest Pipeline’s 7.125% Debentures due 2025 ($85 million aggregate principal amount outstanding as of December 31, 2014) are not subject to redemption prior to maturity. The remaining Northwest Pipeline Notes, and all of the Transco Notes, may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, as provided in the indentures governing the notes.

Credit Facilities

On February 2, 2015, we entered into a second amended and restated $3.5 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility agreement with Transco and Northwest Pipeline as co-borrowers (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility may, under certain conditions, be increased up to an additional $500 million. The full amount of the Credit Facility is available to us to the extent not otherwise utilized by Transco and Northwest Pipeline. Transco and Northwest Pipeline each have access to borrow up to $500 million under the Credit Facility to the extent not otherwise utilized by the other co-borrowers.

 

S-44


Table of Contents

On February 3, 2015, we entered into a $1.5 billion short-term credit facility with a maturity date of August 3, 2015 with an option to extend the maturity date to February 2, 2016 subject to certain circumstances (the “Short-Term Credit Facility” and, together with the Credit Facility, the “WPZ Credit Facilities”). The Short-Term Credit Facility has substantially the same covenants as the Credit Facility. We may not borrow under the Short-Term Credit Facility until all commitments have been utilized under the Credit Facility. In the event of certain debt incurrences, issuances of equity, and certain asset sales, we will be required to repay any outstanding borrowings and the commitments under the Short-Term Facility will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis with the net cash proceeds of such events.

Significant financial covenants include:

 

    In the case of each of the WPZ Credit Facilities: our ratio of debt to EBITDA (each as defined in each of the WPZ Credit Facilities) must be no greater than 5 to 1 except for the fiscal quarter and the two following fiscal quarters in which one or more acquisitions has been executed, in which case the ratio of debt to EBITDA is to be no greater than 5.5 to 1; and

 

    In the case of the Credit Facility: the ratio of debt to capitalization (defined as net worth plus debt) must be no greater than 65 percent for each of Transco and Northwest Pipeline.

At February 3, 2015, we were in compliance with these financial covenants.

Other than swingline loans available under the Credit Facility, each time funds are borrowed under the WPZ Credit Facilities, the borrower must choose whether such borrowing will be an alternate base rate borrowing or a Eurodollar borrowing. If such borrowing is an alternate base rate borrowing, interest is calculated on the basis of the greater of (a) the Prime Rate, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus  12 of 1% and (c) a periodic fixed rate equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 1%, plus, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), an applicable margin. If the borrowing is a Eurodollar borrowing, interest is calculated on the basis of LIBOR for the relevant period plus an applicable margin. Interest on swingline loans under the Credit Facility is calculated as the sum of the alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. We are also required to pay a commitment fee based on the unused portion of the applicable WPZ Credit Facility. The applicable margin and the commitment fee are determined for each borrower by reference to a pricing schedule based on such borrower’s senior unsecured long-term debt ratings.

The WPZ Credit Facilities contain various covenants that may limit, among other things, a borrower’s and its respective material subsidiaries’ ability to grant certain liens supporting indebtedness, enter into certain restrictive agreements, enter into certain affiliate transactions or allow any material change in the nature of its business, a borrower’s ability to merge or consolidate, sell all or substantially all of its assets, and a borrower’s and its respective subsidiaries’ ability to make certain distributions during an event of default.

The WPZ Credit Facilities include customary events of default. If an event of default with respect to a borrower occurs under the Credit Facility, the lenders under the Credit Facility will be able to terminate the commitments for all borrowers and accelerate the maturity of the loans of the defaulting borrower and exercise other rights and remedies pursuant to the Credit Facility. If an event of default occurs under the Short-Term Credit Facility, the lenders under the Short-Term Credit Facility will be able to terminate the commitments thereunder and accelerate the maturity of the loans thereunder and exercise other rights and remedies pursuant to the Short-Term Credit Facility.

Subject to receiving commitments for the issuance of letters of credit in the sufficient amount, the entire Credit Facility may be used for the issuance of letters of credit. As of February 3, 2015, we had commitments for issuance of letters of credit up to $1.125 billion. At February 3, 2015, no letters of credit had been issued under the Credit Facility, $730 million of loans were outstanding under the Credit Facility and no loans were outstanding under the Short-Term Credit Facility.

 

S-45


Table of Contents

Commercial Paper Program

In February 2015, we entered into an amended and restated commercial paper program pursuant to which we may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Amounts available under the program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time, with the aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding under the program at any time not to exceed $3.0 billion. Each of the WPZ Credit Facilities are, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, available to repay the commercial paper notes, if necessary. The maturities of the commercial paper notes vary but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issue. The commercial paper notes are sold under customary terms in the commercial paper market and are issued at a discount from par, or, alternatively, are sold at par and bear varying interest rates on a fixed or floating basis.

As of February 20, 2015, we had $1.721 billion in principal amount of notes outstanding under our commercial paper program. The outstanding commercial paper notes have a weighted-average maturity of approximately seven days and a weighted-average interest rate of approximately 0.5013%.

 

S-46


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the notes. It is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has been or will be sought with respect to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the notes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with the views expressed in this summary, or that a court will not sustain any challenge by the IRS in the event of litigation. The following relates only to notes that are acquired in the initial offering for an amount of cash equal to their “issue price,” which will equal the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes is sold for cash to the public (not including bond houses, brokers, or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents, or wholesalers), and that are held as “capital assets” (i.e., generally, property held for investment).

This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal circumstances, or to certain types of holders that may be subject to special tax treatment (such as banks and other financial institutions, employee stock ownership plans, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, controlled foreign corporations, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities and foreign currencies, brokers, persons who hold the notes as a hedge or other integrated transaction or who hedge the interest rate on the notes, “U.S. holders” (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, or persons subject to the alternative minimum tax). In addition, this summary does not include any description of the tax laws of any state, local, or non-U.S. jurisdiction that may be applicable to a particular holder and does not consider any aspects of U.S. federal tax law other than income taxation.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is an individual, corporation, estate, or trust that is a beneficial owner of the notes and that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if a court within the United States can exercise primary supervision over its administration, and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of that trust (or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, and validly elected to continue to be treated as a U.S. trust).

A non-U.S. holder is an individual, corporation, estate, or trust that is a beneficial owner of the notes and is not a U.S. holder.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds the notes generally will depend on such partner’s particular circumstances and on the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding the notes and the partners in such partnerships should consult their own tax advisors.

 

S-47


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders

Treatment of Interest

It is expected, and the rest of this discussion assumes, that the notes will be issued without original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, stated interest on the notes will generally be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary income at the time it is paid or accrued in accordance with the U.S. holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If, however, the notes’ “stated redemption price at maturity” (generally, the sum of all payments required under the note other than payments of stated interest) exceeds the issue price by more than a de minimis amount, a U.S. holder will be required to include such excess in income as original issue discount, as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method based on a compounding of interest before the receipt of cash payments attributable to this income.

Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

In general, upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a note, a U.S. holder will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between (1) the amount of the cash and the fair market value of any property received (less any portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as interest to the extent not previously included in income, as described above under “U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders — Treatment of Interest”) and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note will generally be the U.S. holder’s cost for the note. Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a note will generally be capital gain or loss, and will be long term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder held the note for more than one year at the time of the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition. Long term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, will be taxable at a reduced rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Medicare tax and reporting obligations

A U.S. person that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. person’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. person’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000 depending on the individual’s circumstances). Net investment income generally includes interest income and net gains from the disposition of the notes, unless such interest income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). A U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust should consult its tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in the notes.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, a U.S. holder of the notes will be subject to backup withholding with respect to interest on the notes, and the proceeds of a sale or other taxable disposition of the notes, at the applicable tax rate, unless such holder (a) is an entity that is exempt from withholding and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or (b) provides the payor with its taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), certifies that the TIN provided to the payor is correct and that the holder has not been notified by the IRS that such holder is subject to backup withholding due to underreporting of interest or dividends, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. In addition, such payments to U.S. holders that are not exempt entities will generally be subject to information reporting requirements. A U.S. holder who does not provide the payor with its correct TIN may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. holder generally will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

S-48


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

Treatment of Interest

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, under the “portfolio interest exemption,” a non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (or any withholding tax) on payments of interest on the notes if the interest is not effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business, provided that:

 

    the non-U.S. holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the capital or profits interest in us;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is not a bank receiving interest on an extension of credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is not a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related (actually or constructively) to us through stock ownership; and

 

    certain certification requirements are met.

Under current law, the certification requirement will be satisfied in any of the following circumstances:

 

    If a non-U.S. holder provides to us or our paying agent a statement on IRS Form W-8BEN or W8BEN-E (or suitable successor form), together with all appropriate attachments, signed under penalties of perjury, identifying the non-U.S. holder by name and address and stating, among other things, that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person.

 

    If a note is held through a securities clearing organization, bank, or another financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business, (i) the non-U.S. holder provides such a form to such organization or institution, and (ii) such organization or institution, under penalty of perjury, certifies to us that it has received such statement from the beneficial owner or another intermediary and furnishes us or our paying agent with a copy thereof.

 

    If a financial institution or other intermediary that holds the note on behalf of the non-U.S. holder has entered into a withholding agreement with the IRS and submits an IRS Form W-8IMY (or suitable successor form) and certain other required documentation to us or our paying agent.

If the requirements of the portfolio interest exemption described above are not satisfied, a 30% withholding tax will apply to the gross amount of interest on the notes that is paid to a non-U.S. holder, unless either: (a) an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and the non-U.S. holder claims the benefit of that treaty by providing a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or suitable successor or substitute form) establishing qualification for benefits under the treaty, or (b) the interest is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and the non-U.S. holder provides an appropriate statement to that effect on a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or suitable successor form).

If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and interest on a note is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, the non-U.S. holder will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on that interest on a net income basis (and the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply provided the duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI is provided to us or our paying agent) generally in the same manner as a U.S. person. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and its country of residence, and the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements, any interest income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will be subject to federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty and generally will only be subject to tax on a net basis if such income is attributable to a permanent establishment (or a fixed base in the case of an individual) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for federal income

 

S-49


Table of Contents

tax purposes may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) of its earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (or any withholding thereof) on any gain (other than any gain attributable to accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as interest and may be subject to the rules described above under the heading “U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders — Treatment of Interest”) realized by such holder upon a sale, taxable exchange, redemption, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a note, unless:

 

    the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder or a fixed base in the case of an individual).

If the first exception applies, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on the amount by which its U.S.-source capital gains exceed its U.S.-source capital losses, provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. If the second exception applies, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale, taxable exchange, redemption, retirement, or other taxable disposition of the notes in the same manner as a U.S. person. In addition, corporate non-U.S. holders to which the second exception applies may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax (or lower applicable treaty rate) on any such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and its country of residence, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of any such gain may be modified in the manner specified by the treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any such income tax treaties.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

When required, we or our paying agent will report to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of any interest paid on the notes in each calendar year, and the amount of U.S. federal income tax withheld, if any, with respect to these payments. Copies of information returns reporting such interest and withholding that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Non-U.S. holders who have provided proper certification as to their non-U.S. status or who have otherwise established an exemption will generally not be subject to backup withholding on payments of interest if neither we nor our agent have actual knowledge or reason to know that such certification is unreliable or that the conditions of the exemption are in fact not satisfied.

Payments of the proceeds from the sale or other disposition of a note to or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, additional information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, may apply to those payments if the broker has certain relationships with the United States.

 

S-50


Table of Contents

Payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of a note (including a retirement or redemption) to or through the United States office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder generally will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation was enacted in 2010, contained in Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (“FATCA”), that generally will impose a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on withholdable payments (as defined below) made to a foreign financial institution, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Department of Treasury to, among other things, collect and provide to it substantial information regarding such institution’s United States financial account holders, including certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners. The legislation also generally imposes a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on withholdable payments to a nonfinancial foreign entity unless such entity provides the paying agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial United States owners or a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity. “Withholdable payments” include payments of interest payments from sources within the United States, as well as gross proceeds from the sale of any property of a type which can produce interest from sources within the United States, unless the payments of interest or gross proceeds are effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business and taxed as such. These withholding and reporting requirements will apply currently with respect to interest on the notes, but will not apply to withholding on gross proceeds on the sale or other taxable disposition of the notes until January 1, 2017. If you are located in a jurisdiction that has an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA, you may be subject to different rules. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the legislation and regulations to the notes.

 

S-51


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We intend to offer the notes through the underwriters named below, for whom Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus supplement between the underwriters named below and us, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters and the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, the principal amount of the notes listed opposite their names below.

 

Underwriters

   Principal
Amount of
3.60% Senior
Notes due 2022
     Principal
Amount of

4.00% Senior
Notes due 2025
     Principal
Amount of
5.10% Senior
Notes due 2045
 

Barclays Capital Inc.

   $ 175,000,000      $ 105,000,000       $ 140,000,000   

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                          Incorporated

   $ 175,000,000       $ 105,000,000       $ 140,000,000   

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

   $ 175,000,000       $ 105,000,000       $ 140,000,000   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   $ 112,500,000       $ 67,500,000       $ 90,000,000   

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

   $ 112,500,000       $ 67,500,000       $ 90,000,000   

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

   $ 112,500,000       $ 67,500,000       $ 90,000,000   

BBVA Securities Inc.

   $ 50,000,000       $ 30,000,000       $ 40,000,000   

DNB Markets, Inc.

   $ 50,000,000       $ 30,000,000       $ 40,000,000   

Mitsubishi UFJ Securities (USA), Inc.

   $ 50,000,000       $ 30,000,000       $ 40,000,000   

Mizuho Securities USA Inc.

   $ 50,000,000       $ 30,000,000       $ 40,000,000   

SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.

   $ 50,000,000       $ 30,000,000       $ 40,000,000   

U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.

   $ 50,000,000       $ 30,000,000       $ 40,000,000   

BOSC, Inc. a subsidiary of BOK Financial Corp.

   $ 37,500,000       $ 22,500,000       $ 30,000,000   

TD Securities (USA) LLC

   $ 37,500,000       $ 22,500,000       $ 30,000,000   

PNC Capital Markets LLC

   $ 12,500,000       $ 7,500,000       $ 10,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 1,250,000,000   $ 750,000,000   $ 1,000,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the notes, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the notes, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the notes sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement if any of the notes are purchased. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

The underwriters have advised us that they propose initially to offer the notes to the public at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus supplement, and may offer the notes to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of 0.25% of the principal amount of the 2022 notes, 0.40% of the principal amount of the 2025 notes and 0.50% of the principal amount of the 2045 notes. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of 0.125% of the principal amount of the 2022 notes, 0.25% of the principal amount of the 2025 notes and 0.375% of the principal amount of the 2045 notes to other dealers. After the initial offering of the notes to the public, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.

 

S-52


Table of Contents

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the notes).

 

     Paid by Williams
Partners L.P.
 

Per 2022 note

     0.625 %

Per 2025 note

     0.650 %

Per 2045 note

     0.875 %

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated to be approximately $500,000 and are payable by us.

The notes are new issues of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of the notes on any automated dealer quotation system. We cannot assure the liquidity of the trading market for the notes or that an active public market for the notes will develop. If an active public trading market for the notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the notes may be adversely affected.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters are permitted to engage in transactions that stabilize the market price of any series of notes. Such transactions consist of bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain the price of the applicable series of notes. If the underwriters create a short position in any series of notes in connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more notes of such series than are on the cover page of this prospectus supplement, the underwriters may reduce that short position by purchasing notes of such series in the open market. Purchases of a security to stabilize the price or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the notes of such series. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial banking (including as lenders to us, our affiliates and Williams), investment banking or financial advisory transactions with us, our affiliates and Williams, in the ordinary course of their business. Such underwriters and their affiliates have received customary compensation and reimbursement of their expenses for these commercial banking, investment banking or financial advisory transactions. As described in “Use of Proceeds,” the net proceeds of this offering of the notes by us will be used in part to repay outstanding indebtedness under our commercial paper program. Because the underwriters or their affiliates may hold our commercial paper notes, one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates may receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates are agents, arrangers, bookrunners or lenders under our Credit Facility. To the extent the net proceeds of this offering are used to pay down the outstanding balance under our Credit Facility, the underwriters or their affiliates will receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering.

 

S-53


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments, including serving as counterparties to certain derivative and hedging arrangements, and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments or those of our affiliates. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, such underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities, including potentially the notes offered hereby. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the notes offered hereby. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

S-54


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters with respect to the issuance and sale of the notes offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with the notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The supplemental consolidated financial statements of Williams Partners L.P. appearing in Williams Partners L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2015 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference which is based in part on the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Such supplemental consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Williams Partners L.P. as of December 31, 2014 and for the year then ended, and the effectiveness of Williams Partners L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 appearing in Williams Partners L.P.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and Williams Partners L.P.’s management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Williams Partners L.P. as of December 31, 2013 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 incorporated in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying base prospectus by reference to the Williams Partners L.P. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

S-55


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement with the SEC under the Securities Act that registers the offer and sale of the notes covered by this prospectus supplement. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us. In addition, we file annual, quarterly and other reports and other information with the SEC. These reports include, among other disclosures, detailed information on any transactions we may engage in with our general partner and its affiliates, and on fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid or accrued to our general partner and its affiliates. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Unless specifically listed below, the information contained on the SEC website is not intended to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and you should not consider that information a part of this prospectus supplement. You also can obtain information about us at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying base prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying base prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying base prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC.

We incorporate by reference in this prospectus supplement the following documents that we have previously filed with the SEC:

 

    Our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-34831) for the year ended December 31, 2014, as filed with the SEC on February 25, 2015, provided, however, that Items 7 and 7A of the Form 10-K and Exhibit 12 thereto, which were subsequently filed in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2015, and the rows labeled “Adjusted EBITDA” and “Distributable cash flow” in Item 6 of the Form 10-K, are not incorporated herein; and

 

    Our Current Reports on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34831) filed with the SEC on February 3, 2015 and February 25, 2015 (excluding for all such Current Reports the information, if any, furnished under Item 7.01 thereof and corresponding information furnished under Item 9.01 or included as an exhibit thereto).

These reports contain important information about us, our financial condition and our results of operations.

All documents that we file with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus supplement and prior to the termination of this offering will also be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference and will automatically update and supersede information in this prospectus supplement. Nothing in this prospectus supplement shall be deemed to incorporate information furnished to, but not filed with, the SEC pursuant to Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K (or corresponding information furnished under Item 9.01 or included as an exhibit).

We make available free of charge on or through our Internet website, http://investor.williams.com/williams-partners-lp, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K

 

S-56


Table of Contents

and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Information contained on our Internet website is not part of this prospectus supplement and does not constitute a part of this prospectus supplement.

You may obtain any of the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement from the SEC through the SEC’s website at the address provided above. You also may request a copy of any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement (excluding any exhibits to those documents, unless the exhibit is specifically incorporated by reference in this document), at no cost, by visiting our Internet website at http://www.investor.williams.com/williams-partners-lp, or by writing or calling us at the following address:

Investor Relations

Williams Partners L.P.

One Williams Center, Suite 5000

Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172

Telephone: (918) 573-2078

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement, the accompanying base prospectus and any free writing prospectus relating to this offering of the notes. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are offering to sell the notes, and seeking offers to buy the notes, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying base prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the dates shown in these documents or that any information we have incorporated by reference herein is accurate as of any date other than the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

Williams is subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC. You may read Williams’ filings on the SEC’s web site and at the SEC’s Public Reference Room described above. Williams’ common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “WMB.” Reports that Williams files with the NYSE may be inspected at the offices of the NYSE described above. Documents that Williams files with the SEC and the NYSE are not incorporated into, and are not considered a part of, this prospectus supplement or the accompanying base prospectus.

 

S-57


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

COMMON UNITS REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

We or selling securityholders may from time to time offer and sell the common units representing limited partner interests in Williams Partners L.P. described in this prospectus. We may from time to time offer and sell the debt securities of Williams Partners L.P. described in this prospectus in one or more classes or series. We or selling securityholders may offer and sell these securities at prices and on terms to be determined by market conditions at the time of our offerings. This prospectus describes some of the general terms that may apply to these securities and the general manner in which they may be offered. Each time we or selling securityholders sell securities pursuant to this prospectus, we will provide a supplement to this prospectus that contains specific information about the offering and the specific terms of the securities offered. You should read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein carefully before you invest in our securities. You should also read the documents we have referred you to in the “Where You Can Find More Information” section of this prospectus for information about us, including our financial statements.

Our common units are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “WPZ.” We will provide information in the applicable prospectus supplement with respect to the trading market, if any, for any debt securities we may offer.

We or selling securityholders will sell the securities being offered hereby through underwriters on a firm commitment basis.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of our securities unless it is accompanied by a prospectus supplement relating to such securities.

You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus or the applicable prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information or to make additional representations. We are not making an offer to sell or soliciting an offer to buy any securities other than the securities described in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement. We are not making an offer to sell or soliciting an offer to buy any of these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted or in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful. You should not assume that the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or the applicable prospectus supplement is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of those documents.

Investing in our common units and debt securities involves a high degree of risk. Limited partnerships are inherently different from corporations. Please read the Risk Factors referred to on page 4 of this prospectus, and contained in the applicable prospectus supplement and in the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein before you make any investment in our securities.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is February 25, 2015


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     1   

ABOUT WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

     2   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     2   

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     2   

RISK FACTORS

     4   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     5   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     7   

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     7   

DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBT SECURITIES

     8   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     18   

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

     20   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     30   

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     46   

INVESTMENT IN WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     61   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     63   

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     64   

LEGAL MATTERS

     64   

EXPERTS

     64   

 

1


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-3 we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, we or selling securityholders may, over time, offer and sell in one or more offerings in any combination, an unlimited number and amount of the common units of Williams Partners L.P. described in this prospectus. We may also from time to time offer and sell the debt securities of Williams Partners L.P. described in this prospectus in one or more classes or series.

Each time we or selling securityholders sell common units or debt securities with this prospectus, we will describe in a prospectus supplement, which will be delivered with this prospectus, specific information about the offering and the terms of the particular securities offered. The prospectus supplement also may add to, update, or change the information contained in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information contained in this prospectus and any information incorporated by reference herein, on the one hand, and the information contained in the applicable prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference therein, on the other hand, you should rely on the information in the applicable prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference therein.

Wherever references are made in this prospectus to information that will be included in a prospectus supplement, to the extent permitted by applicable law, rules, or regulations, we may instead include such information or add, update, or change the information contained in this prospectus by means of a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part through filings we make with the SEC that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus or by any other method as may then be permitted under applicable law, rules, or regulations.

Statements made in this prospectus, in any prospectus supplement or in any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. In each instance we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, or as an exhibit to the documents incorporated by reference. You may obtain copies of those documents as described in this prospectus under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made under it implies that there has been no change in our affairs or that the information in this prospectus is correct as of any date after the date of this prospectus. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus, including any information incorporated in this prospectus by reference, the accompanying prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectus prepared by us, is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of those documents. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or a prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. Neither we nor any selling securityholder named in a prospectus supplement is making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale of such securities is not permitted.

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” or like terms refer to Williams Partners L.P. and its subsidiaries. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, references to “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms include the operations of entities in which we do not own a 100 percent ownership interest, including principally Discovery Producer Services LLC, Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C., Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC, Aux Sable Liquid Products L.P., Caiman Energy II, LLC, Overland Pass Pipeline Company LLC and Utica East Ohio Midstream LLC, in which we own interests accounted for as equity investments that are not consolidated in our financial statements. When we refer to our equity investees by name, we are referring exclusively to their businesses and operations. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Williams” refer to The Williams Companies, Inc.

 

1


Table of Contents

ABOUT WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

We are a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership formed in 2010. We are an energy infrastructure master limited partnership focused on connecting North America’s significant hydrocarbon resource plays to growing markets for natural gas, natural gas liquids and olefins through our gas pipeline and midstream businesses.

Our principal executive offices are located at One Williams Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172, and our phone number is 918-573-2000.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and file reports and other information with the SEC. These reports include, among other disclosures, detailed information on any transactions we may engage in with our general partner and its affiliates, and on fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid or accrued to our general partner and its affiliates. The public may read and copy any reports or other information that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-2521. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including us. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. Unless specifically listed under “Incorporation by Reference” below, the information contained on the SEC website is not intended to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus and you should not consider that information a part of this prospectus.

Our SEC filings can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. We will also provide to each person, including any beneficial owners, to whom this prospectus is delivered, at no cost upon written or oral request, a copy of any or all documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus but not delivered with this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including exhibits that are specifically incorporated by reference into such documents. You may request copies of these filings from us by mail at the following address, or by telephone at the following telephone number:

Williams Partners L.P.

Investor Relations

One Williams Center

Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172

Telephone Number: (800) 600-3782

You may also inspect our SEC reports on our website at http://investor.williams.com/williams-partners-lp. We make available free of charge on or through our website our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not intended to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and you should not consider that information a part of this prospectus.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus information that has been previously filed with the SEC, which means we are disclosing important information to you without actually including the specific

 

2


Table of Contents

information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered part of this prospectus, unless we update or supersede that information by the information contained in this prospectus or the information we file subsequently that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the applicable prospectus supplement. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, automatically will update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus.

We are incorporating by reference in this prospectus the following documents that have been previously filed with the SEC:

 

    Our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-34831) for the year ended December 31, 2014, as filed with the SEC on February 25, 2015, provided, however, that Items 7 and 7A of the Form 10-K and Exhibit 12 thereto, which were subsequently filed in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2015, are not incorporated herein;

 

    Our Current Reports on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34831) filed with the SEC on February 3, 2015 and February 25, 2015 (excluding for all such Current Reports the information, if any, furnished under Item 7.01 thereof and corresponding information furnished under Item 9.01 or included as an exhibit thereto); and

 

    The description of our common units contained in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 1-34831) as filed with the SEC on July 26, 2010 and any subsequent amendment thereto filed for the purpose of updating such description.

These reports contain important information about us, our financial condition and our results of operations.

All documents that we file with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of all offerings made pursuant to this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement also will be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference. Nothing in this prospectus shall be deemed to incorporate information furnished to but not filed with the SEC, including pursuant to Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K (or corresponding information furnished under Item 9.01 or included as an exhibit).

 

3


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. Before you invest in our securities, you should carefully consider those risk factors included in our most-recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, as supplemented by our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, that are incorporated herein by reference and those that may be included in the applicable prospectus supplement, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, the applicable prospectus supplement and the documents we incorporate by reference in evaluating an investment in our securities.

If any of the risks discussed in the foregoing documents were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be materially adversely affected. In that case, our ability to make distributions to holders of our common units or pay interest on, or the principal of, any debt securities may be reduced, the trading price of our securities could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

4


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements relate to anticipated financial performance, management’s plans and objectives for future operations, business prospects, outcome of regulatory proceedings, market conditions and other matters.

All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will exist or may occur in the future, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by various forms of words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “seeks,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “continues,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “might,” “goals,” “objectives,” “targets,” “planned,” “potential,” “projects,” “scheduled,” “will,” “assumes,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “in service date,” or other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements, as of the day they were made, were based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information available to management and include, among others, statements regarding:

 

    the levels of cash distributions to unitholders;

 

    our and Williams’ future credit ratings;

 

    amounts and nature of future capital expenditures;

 

    expansion and growth of our business and operations;

 

    financial condition and liquidity;

 

    business strategy;

 

    cash flow from operations or results of operations;

 

    seasonality of certain business components;

 

    natural gas, natural gas liquids and olefins prices, supply and demand; and

 

    demand for our services.

Forward-looking statements are based on numerous assumptions, uncertainties, and risks that could cause future events or results to be materially different from those stated or implied in this prospectus or in the documents incorporated herein by reference. Limited partner units are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the risk factors listed below and described in more detail in the documents that are incorporated by reference herein, including Item 1A of Part I, “Risk Factors,” of our most-recent annual report on Form 10-K, as supplemented by our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, in addition to the other information in this prospectus. If any of such risks were actually to occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to make payments of principle and interest on our debt securities or pay distributions on our common units, and the trading price of our debt securities and common units could decline and holders could lose all or part of their investment. Many of the factors that will determine these results are beyond our ability to control or predict. Specific factors that could cause actual results to differ from results contemplated by the forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

 

    whether we have sufficient cash from operations to enable us to pay current and expected levels of cash distributions, if any, following establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner;

 

    availability of supplies, market demand, and volatility of prices;

 

    inflation, interest rates and general economic conditions (including future disruptions and volatility in the global credit markets and the impact of these events on our customers and suppliers);

 

5


Table of Contents
    the strength and financial resources of our competitors and the effects of competition;

 

    whether we are able to successfully identify, evaluate and execute investment opportunities;

 

    the ability to acquire new businesses and assets and successfully integrate those operations and assets into our existing businesses, as well as successfully expand our facilities;

 

    development of alternative energy sources;

 

    the impact of operational and development hazards and unforeseen interruptions;

 

    our ability to recover expected insurance proceeds related to the Geismar plant;

 

    costs of, changes in, or the results of laws, government regulations (including safety and environmental regulations), environmental liabilities, litigation and rate proceedings;

 

    our allocated costs for defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans sponsored by our affiliates;

 

    changes in maintenance and construction costs;

 

    changes in the current geopolitical situation;

 

    our exposure to the credit risks of our customers and counterparties;

 

    risks related to financing, including restrictions stemming from our debt agreements, future changes in our credit ratings and the availability and cost of capital;

 

    the amount of cash distributions from and capital requirements of our investments and joint ventures in which we participate;

 

    risks associated with weather and natural phenomena, including climate conditions;

 

    acts of terrorism, including cybersecurity threats and related disruptions; and

 

    additional risks described in our filings with the SEC.

Given the uncertainties and risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, we caution investors not to unduly rely on our forward-looking statements. We disclaim any obligations to and do not intend to update the above list or to announce publicly the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements to reflect future events or developments.

In addition to causing our actual results to differ, the factors listed above and described in the documents incorporated by reference herein may cause our intentions to change from those statements of intention set forth in or incorporated into this prospectus. Such changes in our intentions may also cause our results to differ. We may change our intentions, at any time and without notice, based upon changes in such factors, our assumptions, or otherwise.

Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, we caution that there are important factors, in addition to those listed above and described in the documents incorporated by reference herein, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Additional information about risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements is contained in the documents incorporated by reference herein, and may be included in the applicable prospectus supplement. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus, the applicable prospectus supplement and the documents incorporated herein and therein by reference are only made as of the date of such document and, except as required by securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

 

6


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless we specify otherwise in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds (after the payment of any offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) from any sale of securities described in this prospectus for general partnership purposes, which may include, among other things:

 

    paying or refinancing all or a portion of our indebtedness outstanding at the time; and

 

    funding working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions (which may consist of acquisitions of discrete assets or businesses).

The actual application of proceeds from the sale of any particular offering of securities using this prospectus will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement relating to such offering. The precise amount and timing of the application of these proceeds will depend upon our funding requirements and the availability and cost of other funds.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of securities by selling securityholders.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for Williams Partners L.P. for each of the periods indicated is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     2.87         3.27         3.85         4.70         4.09   

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” is the aggregate of the following items: pre-tax income or loss before income or loss from equity investees; plus fixed charges; plus distributed income of equity investees; and less capitalized interest. The term “fixed charges” means the sum of the following: interest accrued and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

 

7


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBT SECURITIES

The following sets forth certain general terms and provisions of the base indenture under which the debt securities are to be issued, unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement. The particular terms of the debt securities to be sold will be set forth in a prospectus supplement relating to such debt securities.

As used in this description, the words, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Williams Partners L.P. and not to any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

The debt securities will represent our unsecured general obligations, unless otherwise provided in the applicable prospectus supplement. As indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will either be senior debt securities or subordinated debt securities and, if applicable, will be the general obligations of any of our subsidiaries that guarantee such debt securities. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will be issued under an indenture, dated as of November 9, 2010 (the “indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “trustee”), as amended and supplemented from time to time. The terms of each series of securities issued pursuant to the indenture will be established by a supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate relating to such series.

The following summary of certain provisions of the indenture does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, reference to all the provisions of the indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms. Wherever particular sections or defined terms of the indenture are referred to, it is intended that such sections or defined terms shall be incorporated herein by reference. We urge you to read the indenture filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part because the indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and not this description, governs your rights as a holder of debt securities.

General

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder. The applicable prospectus supplement with respect to any debt securities will set forth the terms of the debt securities offered pursuant thereto, including some or all of the following:

 

    the title and series of such debt securities;

 

    any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of such debt securities of such series;

 

    whether such debt securities will be in global or other form;

 

    the date or dates on which principal and any premium on such debt securities is payable, or the method or methods by which such date(s) will be determined;

 

    the interest rate or rates (or method by which such rate will be determined), if any;

 

    the dates on which any such interest will be payable and the method of payment;

 

    whether and under what circumstances any additional amounts are payable with respect to such debt securities;

 

    the notice, if any, to holders of such debt securities regarding the determination of interest on a floating rate debt security;

 

    the basis upon which interest on such debt securities shall be calculated, if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

 

    if in addition to or other than the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, the place or places where the principal of and premium, interest or additional amounts, if any, on such debt securities will be payable;

 

8


Table of Contents
    the terms and conditions upon which such debt securities may be redeemed at our option;

 

    any redemption or sinking fund provisions, or the terms of any repurchase at the option of the holder of the debt securities;

 

    the denominations of such debt securities, if other than $2,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

    any rights of the holders of such debt securities to convert the debt securities into other securities or property;

 

    the terms, if any, on which payment of principal or any premium, interest or additional amounts on such debt securities will be payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars;

 

    the terms, if any, by which the amount of payments of principal or any premium, interest or additional amounts on such debt securities may be determined by reference to an index, formula, financial or economic measure or other methods;

 

    if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of such debt securities that will be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof;

 

    any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the events of default or covenants described herein;

 

    whether such debt securities will be subject to defeasance or covenant defeasance;

 

    the terms, if any, upon which such debt securities are to be issuable upon the exercise of warrants;

 

    any trustees other than The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., and any authenticating or paying agents, transfer agents or registrars or any other agents with respect to such debt securities;

 

    the terms, if any, on which such debt securities will be subordinate to other debt of ours;

 

    whether such debt securities will be guaranteed and the terms thereof;

 

    whether such debt securities will be secured by collateral and the terms of such security; and

 

    any other specific terms of such debt securities and any other deletions from or additions to or modifications of the indenture with respect to such debt securities.

This description of debt securities will be deemed modified, amended or supplemented by any description of any series of debt securities set forth in a prospectus supplement related to that series.

The prospectus supplement may also describe any material United States federal income tax consequences or other special considerations regarding the applicable series of debt securities, including those relating to:

 

    debt securities with respect to which payments of principal, premium or interest are determined with reference to an index or formula, including changes in prices of particular securities, currencies or commodities;

 

    debt securities with respect to which principal, premium or interest is payable in a foreign or composite currency;

 

    debt securities that are issued at a discount below their stated principal amount, bearing no interest or interest at a rate that at the time of issuance is below market rates; and

 

    variable rate debt securities that are exchangeable for fixed rate debt securities.

Debt securities may be presented for exchange, conversion or transfer in the manner, at the places and subject to the restrictions set forth in the indenture, as amended or supplemented, and the applicable prospectus supplement. Such services will be provided without charge, other than any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith, but subject to the limitations provided in the indenture, as amended or supplemented.

 

9


Table of Contents

The indenture does not contain any covenant or other specific provision affording protection to holders of the debt securities in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a change in control of the Company, except to the limited extent described below under “— Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets” or as provided in any supplemental indenture.

Guarantees

One or more of our subsidiaries may become a guarantor of a particular series of debt securities if and to the extent provided in a supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate relating to such series of debt securities and described in the applicable prospectus supplement. Each of our subsidiaries that becomes a guarantor of the debt securities of such series, and any of our subsidiaries that is a successor thereto, will fully, irrevocably, unconditionally and absolutely guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on such debt securities, and all other amounts due and payable under the indenture and such debt securities by us to the trustee and the holders of such debt securities. The terms of any such guarantees may provide for their release upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the debt securities of a series subject to such guarantees achieving an investment grade rating.

Modification and Waiver

The indenture provides we and the trustee may enter into one or more supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of debt securities of a series under the indenture or the debt securities of such series, with the consent of the holders of a majority (or such greater amount as is provided for with respect to such series) in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of such series, voting as a single class; provided that no such supplemental indenture may, without the consent of the holder of each such debt security affected thereby, among other things:

(a) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any premium, interest or additional amounts on, such debt securities, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or any additional amounts thereon, or reduce any premium payable on redemption thereof or otherwise, or reduce the amount of the principal of debt securities issued with original issue discount that would be due and payable upon an acceleration of the maturity thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy, or change the redemption provisions or adversely affect the right of repayment at the option of the holder, or change the place of payment or currency in which the principal of, or any premium, interest or additional amounts with respect to, any debt security is payable, or impair or affect the right of any holder of debt securities to institute suit for the payment after such payment is due;

(b) reduce the percentage of outstanding debt securities of any series, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose holders is required for any waiver or reduce the quorum required for voting;

(c) modify any of the provisions of the sections of the indenture relating to supplemental indentures with the consent of the holders or waivers of past defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any percentage set forth therein or to provide that certain other provisions of the indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of each holder affected thereby; or

(d) make any change that adversely affects the right to convert or exchange any security into or for common units or other securities, cash or other property in accordance with the terms of the applicable debt security.

The indenture provides that a supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of the indenture that has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of debt securities, or that modifies the rights of the holders of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under the indenture of the holders of debt securities of any other series.

 

10


Table of Contents

The indenture provides that we and the applicable trustee may, without the consent of the holders of any series of debt securities issued thereunder, enter into one or more supplemental indentures for any of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another person and the assumption by any such successor of our covenants in the indenture and in the debt securities issued thereunder;

(b) to add to our covenants or to surrender any right or power conferred on us pursuant to the indenture;

(c) to establish the form and terms of debt securities issued thereunder;

(d) to evidence and provide for a successor trustee under the indenture with respect to one or more series of debt securities issued thereunder or to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts under the indenture by more than one trustee;

(e) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision in the indenture that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of the indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under such indenture; provided that no such action pursuant to this clause (e) shall adversely affect the interests of the holders of any series of debt securities issued thereunder in any material respect;

(f) to add to, delete from or revise the conditions, limitations and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms or purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of securities under the indenture;

(g) to add any additional events of default with respect to all or any series of debt securities;

(h) to supplement any of the provisions of the indenture as may be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of debt securities, provided that such action does not adversely affect the interests of any holder of an outstanding debt security of such series or any other security in any material respect;

(i) to make provisions with respect to the conversion or exchange rights of holders of debt securities of any series;

(j) to pledge to the trustee as security for the debt securities of any series any property or assets;

(k) to add guarantees in respect of the debt securities of one or more series;

(l) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of the indenture, provided that any such change or elimination will become effective only when there is no security of any series outstanding created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision;

(m) to provide for certificated securities in addition to or in place of global securities;

(n) to qualify the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

(o) with respect to the debt securities of any series, to conform the text of the indenture or the debt securities of such series to any provision of the description thereof in our offering memorandum or prospectus relating to the initial offering of such debt securities, to the extent that such provision, in our good faith judgment, was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the indenture or such securities; or

(p) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of holders of any series of debt securities issued thereunder in any material respect.

Events of Default

Unless otherwise provided in the supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate establishing the terms of any series of debt securities and the prospectus supplement relating to such series, the following will be events of

 

11


Table of Contents

default (each, and “Event of Default”) under the indenture with respect to each series of debt securities issued thereunder:

(a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or any additional amount in respect of, any such series of debt securities;

(b) default in the payment of principal or any premium on the debt securities of such series when due;

(c) default in the payment, if any, of any sinking fund installment when and as due by the terms of any debt security of such series, subject to any cure period that may be specified in any debt security of such series;

(d) failure by us for 60 days after written notice is given to us by the applicable trustee upon instruction from holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding debt securities of such series to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” under the indenture; provided, that if such failure cannot be remedied within such 60-day period, such period shall be automatically extended by another 60 days so long as (i) such failure is subject to cure and (ii) we are using commercially reasonable efforts to cure such failure; and provided, further, that a failure to comply with any such other agreement in the indenture that results from a change in generally accepted accounting principles shall not be deemed to be an event of default;

(e) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of us; and

(f) any other event of default provided in a supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate with respect to a particular series of debt securities, provided that any event of default that results from a change in generally accepted accounting principles shall not be deemed to be an event of default.

In case an event of default specified in clause (a) or (b) above shall occur and be continuing with respect to any series of debt securities, holders of at least 25%, and in case an event of default specified in any clause other than clause (a), (b) or (e) above shall occur and be continuing with respect to any series of debt securities, holders of at least a majority, in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of such series then outstanding may declare the principal (or, in the case of discounted debt securities, the amount specified in the terms thereof) of such series to be due and payable. If an event of default described in clause (e) above shall occur and be continuing then the principal amount (or, in the case of discounted debt securities, the amount specified in the terms thereof) of all the debt securities outstanding shall be and become due and payable immediately, without notice or other action by any holder or the applicable trustee, to the full extent permitted by law. Any past or existing default or event of default with respect to particular series of debt securities under such indenture may be waived by the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of such series, except in each case a continuing default (1) in the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on, or any additional amounts with respect to, any debt security of such series, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder affected thereby.

The indenture provides that the applicable trustee may withhold notice to the holders of any default with respect to any series of debt securities (except in payment of principal of or interest or premium on, or additional amounts or a sinking fund payment in respect of, the debt securities) if the applicable trustee considers it in the interest of holders to do so.

The indenture contains a provision entitling the applicable trustee to be indemnified by the holders before proceeding to exercise any trust or power under the indenture at the request of such holders. The indenture provides that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding debt securities of any series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the applicable trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the applicable trustee with respect to the debt securities of such series; provided, however, that the applicable trustee may decline to follow any such direction if, among other reasons, the applicable trustee determines that the actions or proceedings as directed would be unduly prejudicial to the holders of the debt securities of such series not joining in such direction. The

 

12


Table of Contents

right of a holder to institute a proceeding with respect to a series of debt securities will be subject to certain conditions precedent including, without limitation, that in case of an event of default specified in clause (a), (b) or (e) of the first paragraph above under “— Events of Default,” holders of at least 25%, or in case of an event of default other than specified in clause (a), (b) or (e) of the first paragraph above under “— Events of Default”, holders of at least a majority, in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of such series then outstanding make a written request upon the applicable trustee to exercise its powers under such indenture, indemnify the applicable trustee and afford the applicable trustee reasonable opportunity to act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder has an absolute right to receipt of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on and additional amounts with respect to the debt securities when due and to institute suit for the enforcement thereof.

Certain Covenants

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The indenture provides that we may not directly or indirectly consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and properties and the assets and properties of our subsidiaries (taken as a whole) in one or more related transactions to another Person, unless:

(1) either: (a) we are the survivor; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than us) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person formed, organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than us) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made expressly assumes by supplemental indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, executed by the successor person and delivered to the trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on the debt securities and the performance of all of our obligations under the indenture and the debt securities;

(3) we or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger will deliver to the trustee an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, ease, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the indenture and that all conditions precedent in the indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with; and

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default or event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

Upon any consolidation by us with or our merger into any other Person or Persons where we are not the survivor or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties and assets and the properties and assets of our subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person or Persons in accordance herewith, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which we are merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, us under the indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company therein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under the indenture and the debt securities.

As used above, “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a

 

13


Table of Contents

degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of a Person.

Payment of Principal, any Premium, Interest or Additional Amounts.

The indenture provides that we will duly and punctually pay the principal of, and premium and interest on or any additional amounts payable with respect to, any debt securities of any series in accordance with their terms.

Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The indenture provides that we will be required to maintain an office or agency in each place of payment for each series of debt securities for notice and demand purposes and for the purposes of presenting or surrendering debt securities for payment, registration of transfer or exchange.

Reports.

The indenture provides that we will:

(1) file with the trustee, within 30 days after we have filed the same with the SEC, unless such reports are available on the SEC’s EDGAR filing system (or any successor thereto), copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which we may be required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if we are not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then we shall file with the trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents, and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

(2) file with the trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by us with the conditions and covenants of the indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(3) transmit within 30 days after the filing thereof with the trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by us pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this paragraph as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC.

Additional Covenants.

Any additional covenants with respect to any series of debt securities will be set forth in the supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate and prospectus supplement relating thereto.

Conversion Rights

The terms and conditions, if any, upon which the debt securities of any series are convertible into common units or other securities will be set forth in the applicable supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate and prospectus supplement relating thereto. Such terms will include the conversion price (or manner of calculation thereof), the conversion period, provisions as to whether conversion will be at our option or the option of the holders, the events requiring an adjustment of the conversion price, provisions affecting conversion in the event of redemption of such debt securities and any restrictions on conversion.

 

14


Table of Contents

Redemption; Repurchase at the Option of the Holder; Sinking Fund

The terms and conditions, if any, upon which (a) the debt securities of any series are redeemable at our option, (b) the holder of debt securities of any series may cause us to repurchase such debt securities or (c) the debt securities of any series are subject to any sinking fund will be set forth in the applicable supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate and prospectus supplement relating thereto.

Repurchases on the Open Market

We or any affiliate of ours may at any time or from time to time repurchase any debt security in the open market or otherwise. Such debt securities may, at our option or the option of our relevant affiliate, be held, resold or surrendered to the trustee for cancellation.

Discharge, Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The indenture provides, with respect to each series of debt securities issued thereunder, that we may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the indenture with respect to debt securities of such series if:

(a) (i) all debt securities of such series previously authenticated and delivered, with certain exceptions, have been accepted by the applicable trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) the debt securities of such series have become due and payable, or mature within one year, or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the applicable trustee for giving the notice of redemption and we irrevocably deposit in trust with the applicable trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the holders of such debt securities, for that purpose, money or governmental obligations or a combination thereof sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the applicable trustee) to pay the entire indebtedness on the debt securities of such series to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(b) we have paid all other sums payable by us under the indenture; and

(c) we deliver to the applicable trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the indenture with respect to the debt securities of such series have been complied with.

Notwithstanding such satisfaction and discharge, our obligations to compensate and indemnify the trustee, to pay additional amounts, if any, in respect of debt securities in certain circumstances and to convert or exchange debt securities pursuant to the terms thereof and our obligations and the obligations of the trustee to hold funds in trust and to apply such funds pursuant to the terms of the indenture, with respect to issuing temporary debt securities, with respect to the registration, transfer and exchange of debt securities, with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen debt securities and with respect to the maintenance of an office or agency for payment, shall in each case survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Unless inapplicable to debt securities of a series pursuant to the terms thereof, the indenture provides that

(i) we will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the debt securities issued thereunder of any series, and the provisions of such indenture will, except as noted below, no longer be in effect with respect to the debt securities of such series (“defeasance”) and (ii) (1) we may omit to comply with the covenant under “— Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets” and any other additional covenants established pursuant to the terms of such series, and such omission shall be deemed not to be an event of default under clause (d) or (f) of the first paragraph of “— Events of Default” and (2) the occurrence of any event described in clause (f) of the first paragraph of “— Events of Default” shall not be deemed to be an event of default, in each case with respect to the outstanding debt securities of such series

 

15


Table of Contents

((1) and (2) of this clause (ii), “covenant defeasance”); provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied with respect to such series:

(a) we have irrevocably deposited in trust with the applicable trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the holders of the debt securities of such series, for that purpose, money or government obligations or a combination thereof sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the applicable trustee) without consideration of any reinvestment to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest and additional amounts on the outstanding debt securities of such series to maturity or earlier redemption (irrevocably provided for under arrangements satisfactory to the applicable trustee), as the case may be;

(b) such defeasance or covenant defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which we are a party or by which we are bound;

(c) no event of default or event which with notice or lapse of time would become an event of default with respect to such debt securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(d) we shall have delivered to such trustee an opinion of counsel as described in the indenture to the effect that the holders of the debt securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance or covenant defeasance had not occurred;

(e) we have delivered to the applicable trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the indenture relating to the defeasance contemplated have been complied with;

(f) if the debt securities are to be redeemed prior to their maturity, notice of such redemption shall have been duly given or provision therefor satisfactory to the trustee shall have been made; and

(g) any such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall comply with any additional or substitute terms provided for by the terms of the debt securities of such series.

Notwithstanding a defeasance, among other obligations, our obligations with respect to the following will survive with respect to the debt securities of such series until otherwise terminated or discharged under the terms of the indenture:

(a) the rights of holders of outstanding debt securities of such series to receive payments in respect of the principal of, interest on or premium or additional amounts, if any, payable in respect of, such debt securities when such payments are due from the trust referred in clause (a) in the preceding paragraph and any rights of such holders to convert or exchange such debt securities for other securities or property;

(b) the issuance of temporary debt securities, the registration, transfer and exchange of debt securities, the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen debt securities and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and holding payments in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee, and our obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) the defeasance or covenant defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Limitation of Liability

Our unitholders, our general partner and its directors, officers and members will not be liable for our obligations under the debt securities, the indenture or the guarantees or for any claim based on, or in respect of,

 

16


Table of Contents

such obligations. By accepting a debt security, each holder of that debt security will have agreed to this provision and waived and released any such liability on the part of our unitholders, our general partner and its directors, officers and members. This waiver and release are part of the consideration for our issuance of the debt securities. It is the view of the SEC that a waiver of liabilities under the federal securities laws is against public policy and unenforceable.

Applicable Law

The indenture provides that the debt securities and the indenture will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

17


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units represent limited partner interests in us. The holders of common units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.” For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serves as registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units, except the following that must be paid by unitholders:

 

    surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

    special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

 

    other similar fees or charges.

There is no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent against all claims and losses that may arise out of all actions of the transfer agent or its agents or subcontractors for their activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of the transfer agent or its agents or subcontractors.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

By transfer of common units or the issuance of common units in a merger or consolidation in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Additionally, each transferee:

 

    represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into our partnership agreement;

 

    automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and

 

    gives the consents and approvals contained in our partnership agreement.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

 

18


Table of Contents

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws governing transfer of securities. Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner for the transferred common units.

 

19


Table of Contents

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.

Distributions of Available Cash

General

Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter, we distribute all of our available cash, as defined in the partnership agreement, to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.

Definition of Available Cash

Available cash, for any quarter, generally means all cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of that quarter:

 

    less, the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

 

    provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated credit needs);

 

    comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; or

 

    provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters;

 

    plus, if our general partner so determines, all or a portion of cash and cash equivalents on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter for which the determination is being made.

Working capital borrowings are borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or other similar financing arrangement, provided that when incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within twelve months from sources other than additional working capital borrowings.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General

All cash distributed will be characterized as either “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute available cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from capital surplus.

Definition of Operating Surplus

Operating surplus for any period generally means:

 

    $120 million (as described below); plus

 

    all of our cash receipts after the closing of our initial public offering, excluding cash receipts from interim capital transactions, which include the following:

 

    borrowings (including sales of debt securities) that are not working capital borrowings;

 

    sales of equity interests;

 

20


Table of Contents
    sales or other dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business and not as part of normal retirements or replacements; and

 

    capital contributions received;

provided that cash receipts from the termination of any hedging contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such hedging contract; plus

 

    cash receipts from working capital borrowings made after the end of the period but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the period; plus

 

    cash distributions paid on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or a portion of the construction, acquisition or improvement of a capital improvement or replacement of a capital asset (such as equipment or facilities) in respect of the period beginning on the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence the construction, acquisition or improvement of a capital improvement or replacement of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the capital improvement or capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

    cash distributions paid on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the capital improvements or capital assets referred to above; plus

 

    in connection with our merger with the entity formerly known as Williams Partners L.P. (“Legacy Williams Partners”), beginning with the first quarter of 2015, an amount equal to operating surplus (as defined in the Legacy Williams Partners partnership agreement) less cumulative distributions of available cash to Legacy Williams Partners’ general partner and limited partners from the operating surplus (as defined in the Legacy Williams Partners partnership agreement) of Legacy Williams Partners and its subsidiaries immediately prior to the closing of the Merger; less

 

    all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) for the period beginning on the closing date of our initial public offering and ending on the last day of such period; less

 

    the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

    all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred; less

 

    any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a basket of $120 million that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus is to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating sources.

The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will be excluded from operating expenditures because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

 

21


Table of Contents

We define operating expenditures in the partnership agreement, and it generally means all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner and its affiliates, payments made in the ordinary course of business under interest rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge contracts (provided that (i) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and estimated maintenance capital expenditures (except as provided in the third bullet below), provided that operating expenditures does not include:

 

    repayments (when actually repaid) of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus;

 

    payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than working capital borrowings;

 

    expansion capital expenditures, actual maintenance capital expenditures and investment capital expenditures (each as defined in our partnership agreement);

 

    payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to interim capital transactions (as defined below);

 

    distributions to our partners (including distributions in respect of incentive distribution rights); or

 

    repurchases of partnership interests, other than to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or reimbursement expenses of our general partner for such purchases.

Estimates (made in good faith by the Board of Directors of our general partner with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee of the Board) of the average quarterly maintenance capital expenditures (as defined in our partnership agreement) that we will need to incur over the long term to maintain the operating capacity and/or operating income of the partnership are operating expenses. Such estimates are to be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of future estimated maintenance capital expenditures, such adjustments to be prospective only. Pursuant to our partnership agreement, capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance capital expenditures and in part for other purposes will be allocated by our general partner.

Definition of Capital Surplus

Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any distribution of available cash in excess of our cumulative operating surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be generated by:

 

    borrowings, refinancing or refundings of indebtedness (other than working capital borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business);

 

    sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

    sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business or assets sold or disposed of as part of normal retirements or replacements of assets; and

 

    capital contributions received.

Characterization of Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed as operating surplus equals the operating surplus from the

 

22


Table of Contents

closing date of our initial public offering through the close of the quarter immediately preceding such distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

Capital Expenditures

Estimated maintenance capital expenditures reduce operating surplus, but expansion capital expenditures, actual maintenance capital expenditures and investment capital expenditures do not. Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain our long-term operating capacity and/or operating income. A primary component of maintenance capital expenditures is well connection expenditures required to replace expected reductions in natural gas gathering volumes handled by our facilities. Other components of maintenance capital expenditures include expenditures for routine equipment and pipeline maintenance or replacement due to obsolescence. Maintenance capital expenditures also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction or development of a replacement asset that is paid in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that any such replacement asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes are not considered to be maintenance capital expenditures.

Because our maintenance capital expenditures can be irregular, the amount of our actual maintenance capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus and adjusted operating surplus if we subtracted actual maintenance capital expenditures from operating surplus.

Our partnership agreement requires that an estimate of the average quarterly maintenance capital expenditures necessary to maintain our operating capacity and/or operating income (as the Board of Directors of our general partner, with the concurrence of its conflicts committee, deems appropriate) over the long-term be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus for those periods is subject to review and change by our general partner (with the concurrence of the conflicts committee of our Board of Directors) at least once a year, provided that any change is approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate is made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our maintenance capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or the introduction of new governmental regulations that will impact our business. For purposes of calculating operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective only.

The use of estimated maintenance capital expenditures in calculating operating surplus has the following effects:

 

    it reduces the risk that maintenance capital expenditures in any one quarter will be large enough to render operating surplus less than the minimum quarterly distribution to be paid on all the units for the quarter;

 

    it increases our ability to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive from non-operating sources; and

 

    it is more difficult for us to raise our distribution above the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive distributions on the incentive distribution rights held by our general partner.

Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that we expect will increase our operating capacity or operating income over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment, or the construction, development or acquisition of additional pipeline or treating

 

23


Table of Contents

capacity or new compression capacity, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our long-term operating capacity or operating income. Expansion capital expenditures also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or any portion of the construction of such capital improvement in respect of the period that commences when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital improvement commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes are not considered expansion capital expenditures.

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of facilities that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating capacity or operating income, but which are not expected to expand, for more than the short term, our operating capacity or operating income.

As described above, neither investment capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures are included in operating expenditures, and thus do not reduce operating surplus. Because expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset (such as gathering pipelines or treating facilities) in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of the capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments are also not subtracted from operating surplus. Losses on disposition of an investment capital expenditure reduce operating surplus when realized and cash receipts from an investment capital expenditure is treated as a cash receipt for purposes of calculating operating surplus only to the extent the cash receipt is a return on principal.

Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance capital purposes, investment capital purposes and/or expansion capital purposes are allocated as maintenance capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditure by our general partner.

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from operating surplus with respect to any quarter in the following manner:

 

    first, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

    second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units as of such quarter;

 

    thereafter, in the manner described in “— Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution

 

24


Table of Contents

levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from its general partner interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement.

The following discussion assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest, that there are no arrearages on common units and that our general partner continues to own the incentive distribution rights.

If, for any quarter, we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the common unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution, then, subject to the proration and reduction described below, we will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the following manner:

 

    first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives the receives any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units with respect to such quarter;

 

    second, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives the receives a total of $0.388125 per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

    third, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.421875 per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

    fourth, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives $0.50625 per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

    thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner assume that our general partner maintains its 2% general partner interest, that our general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Percentage Allocations of Available Cash from Operating Surplus

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal percentage interest in distributions” are the percentage interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total quarterly distribution per unit.” The percentage interests shown for our unitholders and our general partner for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest, assume our general partner has contributed any additional capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and there are no arrearages on common units.

 

   

Total Quarterly

Distribution Per Unit

  Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions
 
      Unitholders     General Partner  

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $0.3375     98.0     2.0

First Target Distribution

  up to $0.388125     98.0     2.0

Second Target Distribution

  above $0.388125 up to $0.421875     85.0     15.0

Third Target Distribution

  above $0.421875 up to $0.50625     75.0     25.0

Thereafter

  above $0.50625     50.0     50.0

 

25


Table of Contents

General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

Our general partner, as the holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial cash target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our general partner would be set. Our general partner’s right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to our general partner are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that our general partner will not receive any incentive distributions under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following this event increase as described below. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our general partner.

In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our general partner for the two quarters prior to the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during this period. Our general partner’s general partner interest in us (currently 2.0%) will be maintained at the percentage immediately prior to the reset election.

The number of common units that our general partner would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the average amount of cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters.

Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

    first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

    second, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;

 

    third, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and

 

    thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

 

26


Table of Contents

Distributions from Capital Surplus

How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

    first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

    second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common unit, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

    thereafter, we will make all distributions of available cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

The preceding paragraph assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus

Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from our initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per unit is referred to in the partnership agreement as the unrecovered initial unit price. Each time a distribution of available cash from capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the common units immediately prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution, after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our general partner to receive incentive distributions. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

If we distribute available cash from capital surplus on a common unit in an amount equal to the fair market value of the common units immediately prior to the announcement of such distribution, we will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to zero and will then make all future distributions from operating surplus, with 50.0% being paid to the holders of units and 50.0% to our general partner. The preceding discussion assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and has not transferred the incentive distribution rights and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:

 

    the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

    the target distribution levels

 

    the unrecovered initial unit price; and

 

    other amounts calculated on a per unit basis (including the per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution).

For example, if a two-for-one split of the units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. Our partnership agreement provides that we do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

 

27


Table of Contents

In addition, if as a result of a change in law or interpretation thereof, we or any of our subsidiaries is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to additional taxation as an entity for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding tax purposes, our general partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter (after deducting our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholdings taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) available cash for that quarter, plus (2) our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholding taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation thereof. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in distributions with respect to subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

Overview

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the general partner, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of units to a repayment of the initial value contributed by them to us for their units, which we refer to as the “initial unit price” for each unit.

Manner of Adjustments for Gain

The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. Upon our liquidation, we will allocate any gain in the following manner:

 

    first, to our general partner until the allocated net gain and income equals the net loss allocated to our general partner;

 

    second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of:

(1) the unrecovered initial unit price for that common unit; plus

(2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs, reduced by any distribution from operating surplus with respect to such unit for such quarter; and

(3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

    third, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to:

(1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less

(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed 98.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, for each quarter of our existence;

 

    fourth, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to:

(1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less

 

28


Table of Contents

(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence;

 

    fifth, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to:

(1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less

(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence; and

 

    thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner assume that our general partner maintains its 2% general partner interest, that our general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Manner of Adjustments for Losses

Upon our liquidation we will generally allocate any loss in the following manner:

 

    first, 98.0% to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero;

 

    second; to our general partner and the unitholders pro rata, provided that such allocation does not cause any unitholder to have a deficit in its adjusted capital account; and

 

    thereafter, 100.0% to our general partner.

The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner assume that our general partner maintains its 2% general partner interest, that our general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts

Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain or loss resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and our general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain or loss upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the general partner’s capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.

 

29


Table of Contents

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. Our partnership agreement is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of this agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

    with regard to distributions of available cash, please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions”;

 

    with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units — Transfer of Common Units”; and

 

    with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material Tax Considerations.”

Organization and Duration

We were organized in January 2010 and have a perpetual existence.

Purpose

Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided, that our general partner shall not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us, our operating companies or their subsidiaries to engage in activities other than natural gas transportation, gathering, treating and processing, storage, NGL fractionation, oil transportation and production handling platform services, our general partner has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “— Limited Liability.”

For a discussion of our general partner’s right to contribute capital to maintain its 2% general partner interest if we issue additional units, please read “— Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.”

 

30


Table of Contents

Limited Liability

Participation in the Control of Our Partnership

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

    to remove or replace our general partner;

 

    to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

    to take other action under our partnership agreement;

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

Unlawful Partnership Distribution

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except that such person is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

Failure to Comply with the Limited Liability Provisions of Jurisdictions in Which We Do Business

Our subsidiaries conduct business in a number of states and may conduct business in other states in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which our operating companies conduct business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there. Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for the obligations of a limited liability company or limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our operating companies or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

 

31


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a “unit majority” require the approval of a majority of the common units.

In voting their common units, our general partner and its affiliates have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us and the limited partners.

 

Issuance of additional units

No approval right.
 

 

Amendment of our partnership agreement

Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “— Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

 

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets

Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read “— Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”

 

Dissolution of our partnership

Unit majority. Please read “— Dissolution.”

 

Continuation of our partnership upon dissolution

Unit majority. Please read “— Dissolution.”

 

Withdrawal of our general partner

Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to June 30, 2020 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “— Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Removal of our general partner

Not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read “— Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Transfer of the general partner interest

Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to a third party prior to June 30, 2020. Please read “— Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

 

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

Except for transfers to an affiliate or to another person as part of our general partner’s merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, the sale of all of the ownership interests in our general partner, the pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, encumbrance, grant of a lien, collateralization, or other grant of a security interest in the

 

32


Table of Contents
 

incentive distribution rights in favor a person providing bona-fide debt financing to such holder as security or collateral for such debt financing and the transfer of incentive distribution rights in connection with exercise of any remedy of such person in connection therewith, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required in most circumstances for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to June 30, 2020. Please read “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

No approval required at any time. Please read “— Transfer of Ownership Interests in Our General Partner.”

If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner, its affiliates, their direct transferees and their indirect transferees approved by our general partner in its sole discretion or to any person or group who acquires the units (provided that, at or prior to such acquisition, our general partner has notified such person or group that the voting limitation shall not apply to them).

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests, subject to the limitations imposed by the New York Stock Exchange, for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity securities, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

Upon issuance of additional partnership interests (other than the issuance of common units upon conversion of outstanding Class B units or the issuance of common units upon a reset of the incentive distribution rights) our general partner will be entitled, but not required, to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partner’s 2.0% interest in us will be reduced if we issue additional units in the future (other than in those circumstances described above) and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Moreover, our general partner has the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units or other partnership interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates and beneficial owners, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders of common units do not have preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

 

33


Table of Contents

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our general partner. However, our general partner has no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

(1) enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

(2) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in clauses (1) or (2) above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of the outstanding units (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). As of February 3, 2015, our general partner and its affiliates owned approximately 58.9% of our outstanding common and Class B units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

(1) a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

(2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

(3) a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated);

(4) a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

(5) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

(6) an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or the right to acquire partnership interests;

 

34


Table of Contents

(7) any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

(8) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

(9) any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;

(10) conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or

(11) any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner if our general partner determines that those amendments:

 

    do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular class of limited partners) in any material respect;

 

    are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

 

    are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

 

    are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement; or

 

    are required to effect the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect. Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action, other than to remove the general partner or call a meeting, is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that increases the voting percentage required to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner is not required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

 

35


Table of Contents

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner has no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners. Our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without such approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt without the consent of the limited partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction and the partnership interests to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than the incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction.

If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and our general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

(1) the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

(2) there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

(3) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

(4) the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

 

    the action would not result in the loss of limited liability under Delaware law of any limited partner; and

 

    neither our partnership, our operating companies nor any of our other subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

 

36


Table of Contents

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to June 30, 2020 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after June 30, 2020, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50 percent of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “— Transfer of General Partner Interest” and “— Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “— Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3 percent of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units (including the units held by our general partner and its affiliates). The ownership of more than 33 1/3 percent of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general partner’s removal.

In the event of the removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, including under circumstances where cause does not exist, the departing general partner will have the right to require the successor general partner to purchase its general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of the interests at the time. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

 

37


Table of Contents

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and all of its or its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities incurred as a result of the termination of any employees employed for our benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.

Transfer of General Partner Interest

Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us to:

 

    an affiliate of our general partner (other than an individual); or

 

    another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity,

our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general partner interest to another person prior to June 30, 2020 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

Our general partner and its affiliates may at any time transfer common units to one or more persons without unitholder approval.

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

Our general partner or its affiliates or a subsequent holder may (i) transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate of the holder (other than an individual) or another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of such holder with or into another entity, the sale of all of the ownership interests in such holder or the sale of all or substantially all of such holder’s assets to that entity or (ii) pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber, grant a lien, collateralize, or grant a security interest in the incentive distribution rights in favor of a person providing bona-fide debt financing to such holder as security or collateral for such debt financing and the transfer of incentive distribution rights in connection with exercise of any remedy of such person in connection therewith, without the prior approval of the unitholders. Prior to June 30, 2020, any other transfer of incentive distribution rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. On or after June 30, 2020, the incentive distribution rights will be freely transferable.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in Our General Partner

At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part their ownership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or a third party without the approval of our unitholders.

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove WPZ GP LLC as our general partner or from otherwise changing our management. Please read “— Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner” for a discussion of certain consequences of the

 

38


Table of Contents

removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please read “— Meetings; Voting.”

Limited Call Right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or beneficial owners thereof or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days’ notice. The purchase price in the event of a purchase under these circumstances would be the greater of:

(1) the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and

(2) the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership securities of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before the date the notice is mailed.

As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material Tax Considerations — Disposition of Common Units.”

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding certain persons or groups owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting, if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “— Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved (at the time of transfer) transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and purchasers specifically approved by our general partner in its sole discretion, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the

 

39


Table of Contents

broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units, as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “— Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to U.S. federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

    obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of our member (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

    permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose nationality, citizenship or other related status creates substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption

In the event any rates that we charge our customers become regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, to avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

    obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our member (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

    permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

 

40


Table of Contents

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

(1) our general partner;

(2) any departing general partner;

(3) any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or any departing general partner;

(4) any person who is or was a manager, managing member, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our subsidiaries, our general partner, any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;

(5) any person who is or was serving as a manager, managing member, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or our subsidiaries;

(6) any person who controls our general partner or any departing general partner; and

(7) any person designated by our general partner.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all expenses they incur or payments they make on our behalf. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. These books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of our common units, within 90 days (or such shorter time as required by SEC rules) after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing financial statements for such fiscal year, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, partnership equity and cash flows, in each case audited by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available within 45 days (or such shorter time as required by SEC rules) after the close of each quarter a report containing unaudited financial statements and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of the New York Stock Exchange. We will be deemed to have made any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available website which we maintain.

We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably required for federal and state tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying us with

 

41


Table of Contents

specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and in filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with the necessary information.

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

(1) a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;

(2) a copy of our tax returns;

(3) information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each partner became a partner;

(4) copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership and related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed;

(5) information regarding the status of our business and our financial condition; and

(6) any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Fiduciary and Other Duties

The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, (“Delaware Act”) provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the duties (including fiduciary duties) otherwise owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership. Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying and restricting the duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that otherwise might be prohibited by state law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial both to its owner, Williams, as well as to you. Without these modifications, the general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interests would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary standards benefit our general partner by enabling it to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action. These modifications also strengthen the ability of our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These modifications represent a detriment to the common unitholders because they restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of:

 

    the fiduciary duties imposed on our general partner by, and the rights and remedies of unitholders under, the Delaware Act; and

 

    material modifications of these duties contained in our partnership agreement.

 

42


Table of Contents

State law fiduciary duty standards and unitholder rights and remedies

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is present.

 

  The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its duties or of the partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its duties to the limited partners.

 

Modifications in our partnership agreement

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or our unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held under applicable Delaware law.

 

  Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions by the partnership and resolutions of conflicts of interest in the operation of the partnership not involving a vote of unitholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner must be:

 

    on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

    “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

 

43


Table of Contents
  If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner, its affiliates and their officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner, such affiliate or such person acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful.

In order to become one of our limited partners, a common unitholder is required to agree to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Description of the Common Units — Transfer of Common Units.” This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign our partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

Under the partnership agreement, we must indemnify, among others, our general partner and its officers, directors and managers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We also must provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent that these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable. If you have questions regarding the fiduciary duties of our general partner please read “The Partnership Agreement — Indemnification.”

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

    arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement) or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us;

 

    brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

    asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

    asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act; and

 

    asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine

 

44


Table of Contents

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings.

 

45


Table of Contents

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP, our tax counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”) and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to a prospective unitholder to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to Williams Partners L.P. and our operating subsidiaries.

The following discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders and does not describe the application of the alternative minimum tax that may be applicable to certain unitholders. To the extent that this section relates to taxation by a state, local or other jurisdiction within the U.S., such discussion is intended to provide only general information. Moreover, the discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the U.S. and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), real estate investment trusts (REITs), employee benefit plans or mutual funds. Accordingly, we encourage each prospective unitholder to consult the unitholder’s own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to that unitholder of the ownership or disposition of the common units and potential changes in applicable tax laws.

We are relying on opinions and advice of Andrews Kurth LLP with respect to the matters described herein. An opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made in this discussion may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common units and the prices at which the common units trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will reduce our cash available for distribution and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which might be applied retroactively.

Andrews Kurth LLP has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us, and, for the reasons described below, has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific U.S. federal income tax issues: (i) the treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units (please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales”); (ii) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (iii) whether our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” and “— Uniformity of Common Units”).

Partnership Status

A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account the partner’s share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing the partner’s U.S. federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the partner unless the amount of cash distributed to him is in excess of the partner’s adjusted basis in the partner’s partnership interest.

 

46


Table of Contents

Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the transportation, storage, processing and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 3% of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and our general partner and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Andrews Kurth LLP is of the opinion that at least 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is qualifying income may change from time to time.

No ruling has been sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to our status as a partnership or the status of each of our operating companies as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury Regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below, we will be classified as a partnership and our operating companies will be disregarded as an entity separate from us for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In rendering its opinion, Andrews Kurth LLP has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Andrews Kurth LLP has relied include:

 

    Neither we nor our operating companies have elected or will elect to be treated as a corporation; and

 

    For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income that Andrews Kurth LLP has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.

We believe that these representations have been true in the past and expect that these representations will continue to be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as transferring all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then as distributing that stock to our unitholders in liquidation. This deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to our unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, from time to time members of the U.S. Congress and the President propose and consider substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that would affect publicly traded partnerships, including the elimination of partnership tax treatment for publicly traded partnerships. Any modification to the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof may or may not be retroactively applied and could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for us to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any such changes will ultimately be enacted. However, it is possible that a change in law could affect us and may be applied retroactively. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

If for any reason we were treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed

 

47


Table of Contents

through to our unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in the partner’s common units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in the partner’s common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the common units.

The remainder of this discussion is based on Andrews Kurth LLP’s opinion that we will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Limited Partner Status

Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of Williams Partners L.P. will be treated as partners of Williams Partners L.P. for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Also, unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units will be treated as partners of Williams Partners L.P. for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose the unitholder’s status as a partner with respect to those units for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please read “— Treatment of Short Sales.”

Items of our income, gain, loss or deduction would not appear to be reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for U.S. federal income tax purposes would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to their tax consequences of holding common units in Williams Partners L.P. for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The references to “unitholders” in the discussion that follows are to persons who are treated as partners in Williams Partners L.P. for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

Subject to the discussion below under “— Entity-Level Collections,” we do not pay any U.S. federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on the unitholder’s income tax return the unitholder’s share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether we make cash distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income the unitholder’s allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or within the unitholder’s taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.

Treatment of Distributions

Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds the unitholder’s tax basis in the unitholder’s common units immediately before the distribution. Cash distributions made by us to a unitholder in an amount in excess of the unitholder’s tax basis in the unitholder’s common units generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “— Disposition of Common Units” below. Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner, including our general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as “nonrecourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. To the extent our

 

48


Table of Contents

distributions cause a unitholder’s “at risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please read “— Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”

A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. This deemed distribution may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property, including a deemed distribution, may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of the unitholder’s tax basis in the unitholder’s common units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recapture, and/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, the unitholder will be treated as having been distributed the unitholder’s proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and then having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.

Basis of Common Units

A unitholder’s initial tax basis in the unitholder’s common units will be the amount he paid for the common units increased by the unitholder’s initial allocable share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis generally will be (i) increased by the unitholder’s share of our income and by any increases in the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and (ii) decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholder’s share of our losses, by any decreases in the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by the unitholder’s share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of our debt that is recourse to our general partner, but will have a share, generally based on the unitholder’s share of our profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

The deduction by a unitholder of that unitholder’s share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis the unitholder has in the unitholder’s common units and, in the case of an individual, estate, trust or corporate unitholder (if more than 50% of the value of the corporate unitholder’s stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations), to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that amount is less than the unitholder’s tax basis. A unitholder subject to these limitations must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause the unitholder’s at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that the unitholder’s tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased, provided such losses are otherwise allowable. Upon the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain would no longer be utilizable.

In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of the unitholder’s common units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by (i) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement and (ii) any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold the unitholder’s common units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another unitholder or can look only to the common units for repayment. A unitholder’s at risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder’s units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities.

 

49


Table of Contents

In addition to the basis and at risk limitations on the deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations are permitted to deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments or a unitholder’s investments in other publicly traded partnerships, or a unitholder’s salary or active business income. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted in full when the unitholder disposes of the unitholder’s entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk rules and the basis limitation.

A unitholder’s share of our net income may be offset by any of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships.

Limitations on Interest Deductions

The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

    interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

 

    our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and

 

    the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment or qualified dividend income (if applicable). A unitholder’s share of a publicly traded partnership’s portfolio income and, according to the IRS, net passive income will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.

Entity-Level Collections

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income tax on behalf of any unitholder or our general partner or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a unitholder whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of common units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.

 

50


Table of Contents

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that incentive distributions are made to our general partner, gross income will be allocated to the general partner to the extent of these distributions. If we have a net loss for an entire taxable year, that loss will be allocated first to our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and, second, to our general partner.

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction generally will be allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code (or the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code) to account for any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at the time of any subsequent offering of our common units (a “Book-Tax Disparity”). As a result, the federal income tax burden associated with any Book-Tax Disparity immediately prior to an offering generally will be borne by the partners holding interests in us prior to such offering. In addition, items of recapture income will be specially allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in such amount and manner as is needed to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.

An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate a Book-Tax Disparity, will generally be given effect for U.S. federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic effect. In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of the unitholder’s interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances including (i) the partner’s relative contributions to us, (ii) the interests of all the partners in profits and losses, (iii) the interest of all the partners in cash flow and (iv) the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation. Andrews Kurth LLP is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “— Section 754 Election” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect for U.S. federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.

Treatment of Short Sales

A unitholder whose common units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:

 

    any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units would not be reportable by the unitholder;

 

    any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units would be fully taxable; and

 

    all of these distributions may be subject to tax as ordinary income.

Andrews Kurth LLP has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to consult a tax advisor to discuss whether it is advisable to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and loaning their common units. The IRS has previously announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

 

51


Table of Contents

Tax Rates

Under current law, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income of individuals is 39.6% and the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of certain investment assets held for more than one year) of individuals is 20%. These rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

In addition, a 3.8% net investment tax, or NIIT, applies to certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates and trusts. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of common units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds specified threshold levels depending on a unitholder’s federal income tax filing status. In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of the NIIT on an investment in our common units.

Section 754 Election

We have made the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets (“inside basis”) under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to reflect the unitholder’s purchase price. The Section 743(b) adjustment separately applies to any transferee of a unitholder who purchases outstanding common units from the unitholder based upon the values and tax bases of our assets at the time of the transfer to the transferee. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases common units directly from us, and belongs only to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, a unitholder’s inside basis in our assets will be considered to have two components: (i) the unitholder’s share of our tax basis in our assets (“common basis”) and (ii) the unitholder’s Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.

Where the remedial allocation method is adopted (which we have adopted), Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to recovery property that is subject to depreciation under Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity. Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method. Under our partnership agreement, our general partner is authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that position is not consistent with these and any other Treasury Regulations. Please read “— Uniformity of Common Units.”

We depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of our assets, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as non-amortizable to the extent attributable to property which is not amortizable. This method is consistent with methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring common units in the same month would receive depreciation or amortization deductions, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. If this

 

52


Table of Contents

position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please read “— Uniformity of Common Units.” A unitholder’s tax basis for the unitholder’s common units is reduced by the unitholder’s share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual’s income tax return) so that any position we take that understates deductions will overstate the common unitholder’s basis in the unitholder’s common units, which may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.” Andrews Kurth LLP has not rendered an opinion as to whether our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable for property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code or if we use an aggregate approach as described above, as there is no direct or indirect controlling authority addressing the validity of these positions. Moreover, the IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of the units. If such a challenge were sustained, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income the unitholder’s share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year or years ending within or with the unitholder’s taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of the unitholder’s common units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of the unitholder’s taxable year must include the unitholder’s share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for the unitholder’s taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for the unitholder’s taxable year the unitholder’s share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

The tax basis of our assets is used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to the time we issue common units in an offering will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to such offering. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods, including bonus depreciation to the extent applicable, that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets subject to these allowances are placed in service. Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

 

53


Table of Contents

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of the unitholder’s interest in us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs we incur in offering and selling our common units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the underwriting discount we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of tax basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Disposition of Common Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss

A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a sale of common units equal to the difference between the unitholder’s amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis for the common units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will equal the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property the unitholder receives plus the unitholder’s share of our liabilities attributable to the common units sold. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of common units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Prior distributions from us that in the aggregate were in excess of the cumulative net taxable income for a common unit and, therefore, decreased a unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less than the unitholder’s original cost.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer” in units, on the sale or exchange of a common unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of units held for more than one year will generally be taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains. However, a portion of this gain or loss, which will likely be substantial, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or “inventory items” that we own. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a common unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income each year, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of

 

54


Table of Contents

corporations. Both ordinary income and capital gain recognized by a unitholder on the sale or exchange of a common unit may be subject to the NIIT in certain circumstances. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Tax Rates.”

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in the unitholder’s entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, may designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of common units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of common units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional common units or a sale of common units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult the unitholder’s tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:

 

    a short sale;

 

    an offsetting notional principal contract; or

 

    a futures or forward contract;

in each case, with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees

In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of common units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to in this discussion as the “Allocation Date.” However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring common units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Internal Revenue Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing

 

55


Table of Contents

Treasury Regulations as there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue. The Department of the Treasury and the IRS have issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Existing publicly traded partnerships are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations; however, they are not binding on the IRS and are subject to change until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Accordingly, Andrews Kurth LLP has not rendered an opinion on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferor and transferee unitholders because the issue has not been finally resolved by the IRS or the courts. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferor and transferee unitholders, as well as unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who owns common units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.

Notification Requirements

A unitholder who sells any of the unitholder’s common units is generally required to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A purchaser of common units who purchases common units from another unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of common units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the U.S. and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

Constructive Termination

We will be considered to have “constructively” terminated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of our interests that, in the aggregate, constitute 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a 12-month period. For such purposes, multiple sales of the same common unit are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than 12 months of our taxable income or loss being includable in the unitholder’s taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all unitholders. However, pursuant to an IRS relief procedure for publicly traded partnerships that have constructively terminated, the IRS may allow, among other things, that we provide a single Schedule K-1 for the taxable year in which the termination occurs. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination.

Uniformity of Common Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units and because of other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the common units to a purchaser of these common units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of U.S.

 

56


Table of Contents

federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the common units. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.”

We depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of our assets, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property which is not amortizable, consistent with the Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that position may be inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.” To the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring common units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. If this position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders and risk the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that these deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any units that would not have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. In either case, and as stated above under “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election,” Andrews Kurth LLP, has not rendered an opinion with respect to these methods. Moreover, the IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of common units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of common units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of common units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, non-U.S. corporations and other non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below to a limited extent, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S persons, are encouraged to consult their tax advisors before investing in our common units.

Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from U.S. federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to U.S. federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to it.

Non-resident aliens and non-U.S. corporations, trusts or estates that own common units will be considered to be engaged in business in the U.S. because of the ownership of common units. As a consequence, they will be required to file U.S. federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay U.S. federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, distributions to non-U.S. unitholders are subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each non-U.S. unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

 

57


Table of Contents

In addition, because a non-U.S. corporation that owns common units will be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular U.S. federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the non-U.S. corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the country in which the non-U.S. corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.

A non-U.S. unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a common unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that common unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” a non-U.S. unitholder would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that unitholder’s gain would be effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a non-U.S. unitholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a common unit if (i) he owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our common units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which the unitholder held the common units or the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes the unitholder’s share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor Andrews Kurth LLP can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.

The IRS may audit our U.S. federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of the unitholder’s return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.

Partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from their owners for purposes of U.S. federal income tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes. The partnership agreement names our general partner as our Tax Matters Partner.

The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails

 

58


Table of Contents

to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate in that action.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on the unitholder’s U.S. federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

Nominee Reporting

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

(a) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee,

(b) a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:

(1) a person that is not a U.S. person;

(2) a non-U.S. government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

(3) a tax-exempt entity;

(c) the amount and description of common units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

(d) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on common units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the common units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties

Certain penalties may be imposed under the Internal Revenue Code as a result of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion. We do not anticipate that any accuracy-related penalties will be assessed against us.

Reportable Transactions

If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly our unitholders and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single tax year, or $4 million in any combination of six successive tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our U.S. federal income tax information return (and possibly our unitholders’ tax returns) would be audited by the IRS. Please read “— Information Returns and Audit Procedures.”

 

59


Table of Contents

Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, our unitholders may be subject to the following additional consequences:

 

    accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described in “— Accuracy-Related Penalties;”

 

    for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on U.S. federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability; and

 

    in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.

We do not expect to engage in any “reportable transactions.”

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to U.S. federal income taxes, unitholders may be subject to other taxes, such as state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. We currently own property or conduct business in various states, most of which impose personal income taxes on individuals. Most of these states also impose an income tax on corporations and other entities. Moreover, we may also own property or do business in other jurisdictions in the future that impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on the unitholder’s investment in us. A unitholder may be required to file state income tax returns and to pay state income taxes in many of these states in which we do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. We determine our depreciation and cost recovery allowances using U.S. federal income tax methods and may use methods that result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets are placed in service. Some of the jurisdictions in which we do business or own property may not conform to these federal depreciation methods. A successful challenge to these methods could adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders for state tax purposes. It also could affect the amount of gain from a unitholder’s sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to the unitholder’s state tax returns.

Some of the states may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the state. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the state, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Entity-Level Collections.” Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, our general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, of the unitholder’s investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult, and depend on, the unitholder’s own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal tax returns, that may be required of it. Andrews Kurth LLP has not rendered an opinion on the state, local, alternative minimum tax or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in us.

Tax Consequences of Ownership of Debt Securities

A description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of debt securities will be set forth in a prospectus supplement relating to the offering of debt securities.

 

60


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT IN WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

An investment in us by certain employee benefit plans may be subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, and provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”). For these purposes the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or individual retirement accounts or annuities, or IRAs established or maintained by an employer or employee organization, and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets,” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA or any applicable Similar Laws, of such plans, accounts and arrangements.

ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of an employee benefit plan and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an employee benefit plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an employee benefit plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such a plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation (direct or indirect) to an employee benefit plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the employee benefit plan. In considering an investment in us, among other things, consideration should be given to:

 

    whether the investment satisfies the prudence requirements under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;

 

    whether in making the investment, the plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA;

 

    whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material Tax Considerations — Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors”;

 

    whether the investment is permitted under the terms of the applicable documents governing the plan;

 

    whether in making the investment, the plan will be considered to hold as plan assets (1) only the investment in us or (2) an undivided interest in our underlying assets; and

 

    whether making such an investment will comply with the delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that, with respect to the plan, are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of Section 3(14) of ERISA or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the employee benefit plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes, penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. The prohibited transaction rules are complex, and persons involved in prohibited transactions are subject to penalties. For that reason, potential employee benefit plan investors should consult with their counsel to determine the consequences under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of their acquisition and ownership of us.

In addition to considering whether the purchase of our units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our general partner would also be a fiduciary of such plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code, ERISA and any other Similar Laws. The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether, in certain circumstances, the assets of an entity in which employee

 

61


Table of Contents

benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets.” Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

(a) the equity interests acquired by the employee benefit plan are publicly offered securities — i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, are “freely transferable” (as defined in the regulations) and are either part of a class registered under certain provisions of the federal securities laws or sold to the plan as part of a public offering under certain conditions;

(b) the entity is an “operating company,” — i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service, other than the investment of capital, either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

(c) there is no significant investment by “benefit plan investors,” (as defined in the regulations) which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest, disregarding certain interests held by our general partner, its affiliates and certain other persons, is held by such benefit plan investors.

With respect to an investment in us, we believe that our assets should not be considered “plan assets” under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) and (b) above and may also satisfy the requirement in (c) above (although we do not monitor the level of benefit plan investors as required for compliance with (c)).

The foregoing discussion of issues arising for employee benefit plan investments under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive, nor should it be construed as legal advice. In light of the complexity of these rules and the excise taxes, penalties and liabilities that may be imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations, plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of our units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and other Similar Laws.

 

62


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell the common units or debt securities through underwriters or dealers in firm commitment underwritings. The selling securityholders named in the applicable prospectus supplement may sell common units held by them through underwriters or dealers in firm commitment underwritings. To the extent required, this prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time to describe a particular plan of distribution. The place and time of delivery for the securities in respect of which this prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

If we or any selling securityholders sell securities in respect of which this prospectus is delivered, we or such selling securityholders will enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters chosen for such sale at the time of sale to them. We will set forth the names of the underwriters and the terms of the transaction in a prospectus supplement, which will be used by the underwriters to make resales of the securities in respect of which this prospectus is delivered to the public. We or such selling securityholders may indemnify the underwriters under the underwriting agreement against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The underwriters may also engage in transactions with or perform services for us or such selling securityholders in the ordinary course of business.

The common units or debt securities of the series offered will be acquired by the underwriters for their own account. The underwriters may resell the common units or debt securities in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. The obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common units or debt securities of the series offered will be subject to certain conditions. The underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the common units or debt securities of the series offered if any of the securities are purchased. Any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

In connection with offerings of securities under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and in compliance with applicable law, underwriters, brokers or dealers may engage in transactions that stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities at levels above those that might otherwise prevail in the open market. Specifically, underwriters, brokers or dealers may over-allot in connection with offerings, creating a short position in the securities for their own accounts. For the purpose of covering a syndicate short position or stabilizing the price of the securities, the underwriters, brokers or dealers may place bids for the securities or effect purchases of the securities in the open market. Finally, the underwriters may impose a penalty whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other brokers or dealers for distribution of the securities in offerings may be reclaimed by the syndicate if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the securities, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market, and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

The debt securities, when first issued, will have no established trading market. The debt securities of the series offered may or may not be listed on a national securities exchange. No assurances can be given that there will be a market for the debt securities. Any underwriters to whom debt securities are sold for public offering and sale may make a market in such debt securities, but such underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for any such debt securities.

Underwriters and dealers that participate in the distribution of the common units or debt securities may be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act, and any discounts or commissions received by them from us and any profit on the resale of the common units or debt securities by them may be treated as underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any underwriters will be identified and their compensation will be described in a prospectus supplement.

 

63


Table of Contents

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

Information about selling securityholders, where applicable, will be set forth in a prospectus supplement, in a post-effective amendment, or in filings we make with the SEC under the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference.

LEGAL MATTERS

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP has rendered an opinion with respect to the validity of the securities being offered by this prospectus. Andrews Kurth LLP, Houston, Texas, has rendered an opinion with respect to certain tax matters. We have filed these opinions as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. If the validity of any securities is also passed upon by counsel for the underwriters of an offering of those securities, that counsel will be named in the prospectus supplement relating to that offering.

EXPERTS

The supplemental consolidated financial statements of Williams Partners L.P. appearing in Williams Partners L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2015 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference which is based in part on the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Such supplemental consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Williams Partners L.P. as of December 31, 2014 and for the year then ended, and the effectiveness of Williams Partners L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 appearing in Williams Partners L.P.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and Williams Partners L.P.’s management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Williams Partners L.P. as of December 31, 2013 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 incorporated in this Prospectus by reference to the Williams Partners L.P. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

64


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

$1,250,000,000 3.60% Senior Notes due 2022

$750,000,000 4.00% Senior Notes due 2025

$1,000,000,000 5.10% Senior Notes due 2045

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

February 26, 2015

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

Barclays

BofA Merrill Lynch

Wells Fargo Securities

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

Senior Co-Managers

BBVA

DNB Markets

MUFG

Mizuho Securities

SMBC Nikko

US Bancorp

Co-Managers

BOSC, Inc.

TD Securities

PNC Capital Markets LLC

Williams Partners (NYSE:WPZ)
Historical Stock Chart
From Feb 2024 to Mar 2024 Click Here for more Williams Partners Charts.
Williams Partners (NYSE:WPZ)
Historical Stock Chart
From Mar 2023 to Mar 2024 Click Here for more Williams Partners Charts.